CFX Tutorials
CFX Tutorials
ANSYS, Inc.
Southpointe
275 Technology Drive
Canonsburg, PA 15317
[email protected]
http://www.ansys.com
(T) 724-746-3304
(F) 724-514-9494
Release 12.1
November 2009
ANSYS, Inc. is
certified to ISO
9001:2008.
Disclaimer Notice
THIS ANSYS SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION INCLUDE TRADE SECRETS AND ARE
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS OF ANSYS, INC., ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR LICENSORS. The
software products and documentation are furnished by ANSYS, Inc., its subsidiaries, or affiliates under a software license
agreement that contains provisions concerning non-disclosure, copying, length and nature of use, compliance with exporting
laws, warranties, disclaimers, limitations of liability, and remedies, and other provisions. The software products and documentation
may be used, disclosed, transferred, or copied only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that software license agreement.
ANSYS, Inc. is certified to ISO 9001:2008.
ANSYS UK Ltd. is a UL registered ISO 9001:2000 company.
Third-Party Software
See the legal information in the product help files for the complete Legal Notice for ANSYS proprietary software and third-party
software. If you are unable to access the Legal Notice, please contact ANSYS, Inc.
Published in the U.S.A.
Table of Contents
1. Introduction to the CFX Tutorials .................................................................................................................... 1
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode ........................................... 1
Running ANSYS CFX Tutorials in ANSYS Workbench .......................................................................... 1
Starting CFX-Pre ............................................................................................................................. 2
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .............................................................................................. 2
Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager .................................................................................. 2
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ........................................................................................................ 2
Creating CFX Component Systems for Multiple Simulations (As Required) ............................................... 3
Closing the Applications ................................................................................................................... 3
Playing a Tutorial Session File ........................................................................................................... 3
Changing the Display Colors ............................................................................................................. 4
Editor Buttons ................................................................................................................................. 4
Using Help ..................................................................................................................................... 4
2. Simulating Flow in a Static Mixer Using CFX in Standalone Mode ........................................................................ 5
Tutorial Features ............................................................................................................................. 5
Overview of the Problem to Solve ....................................................................................................... 6
Before You Begin ............................................................................................................................ 6
Starting CFX-Pre ............................................................................................................................. 6
Defining a Case in CFX-Pre .............................................................................................................. 6
Synopsis of Quick Setup Mode ........................................................................................................... 7
Workflow Overview ......................................................................................................................... 7
Creating a New Case ........................................................................................................................ 8
Setting the Physics Definition ............................................................................................................ 8
Importing a Mesh ............................................................................................................................ 8
Using the Viewer ............................................................................................................................. 8
Defining Model Data ........................................................................................................................ 9
Defining Boundaries ........................................................................................................................ 9
Setting Boundary Data .................................................................................................................... 10
Setting Flow Specification ............................................................................................................... 10
Setting Temperature Specification ..................................................................................................... 10
Reviewing the Boundary Condition Definitions ................................................................................... 10
Creating the Second Inlet Boundary Definition .................................................................................... 10
Creating the Outlet Boundary Definition ............................................................................................ 11
Moving to General Mode ................................................................................................................. 11
Setting Solver Control ..................................................................................................................... 11
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File ............................................................................................ 12
Playing the Session File and Starting CFX-Solver Manager .................................................................... 12
Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager ................................................................................ 12
Start the Run ................................................................................................................................. 13
Move from CFX-Solver to CFD-Post ................................................................................................. 13
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ...................................................................................................... 14
Workflow Overview ....................................................................................................................... 15
Setting the Edge Angle for a Wireframe Object .................................................................................... 15
Creating a Point for the Origin of the Streamline .................................................................................. 16
Creating a Streamline Originating from a Point .................................................................................... 16
Rearranging the Point ..................................................................................................................... 17
Configuring a Default Legend .......................................................................................................... 18
Creating a Slice Plane ..................................................................................................................... 19
Defining Slice Plane Geometry ......................................................................................................... 19
Configuring Slice Plane Views .......................................................................................................... 20
Rendering Slice Planes .................................................................................................................... 20
Coloring the Slice Plane .................................................................................................................. 21
Moving the Slice Plane ................................................................................................................... 22
Adding Contours ........................................................................................................................... 22
Working with Animations ................................................................................................................ 23
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
iii
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vii
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
ix
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
xi
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
xiii
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
xv
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
546
547
549
550
550
553
554
xvii
List of Figures
2.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe ............................................................................................. 6
3.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe ............................................................................................ 30
5.1. Injection Mixing Pipe ............................................................................................................................... 68
7.1. External Air Flow Over a Generic Vehicle Body ............................................................................................. 96
9.1. Mesh around the bump ............................................................................................................................ 137
13.1. Shear Stress of a Shear-thickening Fluid .................................................................................................... 184
13.2. Apparent Viscosity of a Shear-thickening Fluid ........................................................................................... 184
14.1. Geometry subsection ............................................................................................................................. 196
17.1. Cut-away Diagram of the Mixer ............................................................................................................... 243
17.2. Impeller Mesh Region ........................................................................................................................... 244
18.1. Cut-away Diagram of the Airlift Reactor ................................................................................................... 262
23.1. Project setup for two-way FSI analysis ...................................................................................................... 344
24.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe ........................................................................................ 363
25.1. Modifying Control Points on the Hub Layer ............................................................................................... 386
25.2. Adding Edge Split Controls near the Leading Edge on the Hub Layer ............................................................. 387
25.3. Modifying Control Points on the Shroud Tip Layer ..................................................................................... 388
27.1. Velocity Vectors on the Outlet ................................................................................................................. 426
32.1. Problem Specification ............................................................................................................................ 504
32.2. The Hexahedral Grid for the Mixing Elbow ............................................................................................... 512
32.3. Orientation Control Cursor Types ............................................................................................................. 516
32.4. Right-click Menus Vary by Cursor Position ................................................................................................ 517
32.5. Velocity on the Symmetry Plane .............................................................................................................. 519
32.6. Velocity on the Symmetry Plane (Enhanced Contrast) .................................................................................. 520
32.7. Vector Plot of Velocity ........................................................................................................................... 521
32.8. Streamlines of Turbulence Kinetic Energy ................................................................................................. 522
32.9. Absolute Helicity Vortex ........................................................................................................................ 524
32.10. Boundary Pressure vs. a Contour Plot of Pressure ...................................................................................... 526
32.11. Chart of Output Temperatures at the Outlet .............................................................................................. 528
32.12. Chart of Output Temperatures at Two Locations ........................................................................................ 530
32.13. Comparing Contour Plots of Temperature on Two Mesh Densities ................................................................ 535
32.14. Displaying Differences in Contour Plots of Temperature on Two Mesh Densities ............................................. 536
33.1. Problem Specification ............................................................................................................................ 540
xix
List of Tables
15.1. Properties of the Dilute Sulfuric Acid Solution ...........................................................................................
15.2. Properties of the Dilute Sodium Hydroxide Solution ....................................................................................
15.3. Properties of the Salt Water Product .........................................................................................................
28.1. Pump Performance Data .........................................................................................................................
210
211
211
443
xxi
If you plan to run through the whole tutorial, copy the files that are listed near the beginning of the tutorial to
your working directory. These files are located in <CFXROOT>/examples and
<CFXROOT>/etc/model-templates, where <CFXROOT> is the installation directory for ANSYS CFX.
By working with copies of the example files in a new directory, you prevent accidental changes to any of the
files that came with your installation.
If you plan to run the provided tutorial session file so that you can immediately run the simulation in CFX-Solver,
there is no need to copy any files.
Before you start CFX-Pre, CFX-Solver Manager, or CFD-Post, set the working directory. The procedure for setting
the working directory and starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone is listed below:
1.
On Windows:
From the Start menu, select All Programs > ANSYS 12.1 > Fluid Dynamics > CFX.
In a DOS window that has its path set up correctly to run CFX, enter cfx5 (otherwise, you will need
to type the full pathname of the cfx5 command).
On UNIX, enter cfx5 in a terminal window that has its path set up to run CFX.
2.
3.
4.
If you were directed here at some point during a tutorial, return to that location.
Note
All tutorials assume that the CFX run history and multi-configuration options, under the Load Results
File dialog box in CFD-Post, is set to Load only the last results.
Creating CFX Component Systems for Multiple Simulations (As Required) (p. 3)
Starting CFX-Pre
Tip
You may find it useful to open the ANSYS CFX help from the ANSYS CFX Launcher (which does not
take up a license).
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
To launch ANSYS Workbench on Windows, click the Start menu, then select All Programs > ANSYS
12.1 > Workbench.
To launch ANSYS Workbench on Linux, open a command line interface, type the path to runwb2 (for
example, ~/ansys_inc/v121/Framework/bin/Linux64/runwb2), then press Enter.
2.
From the tool bar, click Save As and use the Save in field to set the directory to which you want to save the
project file. This directory will be referred to as the working directory. Set the project name in the File name
field and click Save.
3.
In the Toolbox pane, open Component Systems and double-click CFX. A CFX system opens in the Project
Schematic.
Note
You use a CFX component system because you are starting with a mesh. If you want to create the
geometry and mesh, you will start with a Fluid Flow (CFX) system.
4.
Type in the new name, such as System 1, to replace the highlighted text below the system.
Alternatively, you can right-click the first cell in the system and select Rename. The name will be highlighted.
Now you can change the highlighted text by typing in the new name.
5.
In the Project Schematic, right-click the Setup cell and select Edit to launch CFX-Pre.
6.
Note
If the Solution cell displays a prompt to perform an update, ignore it and proceed to the next step.
To obtain a solution, you need to launch the CFX-Solver Manager and subsequently use it to start the solver:
1.
Double-click the ANSYS Workbench Solution cell. The CFX-Solver Manager appears with the Define Run
dialog box displayed.
2.
Continue from the Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager section of the tutorial.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
When the refresh is complete, double-click the Results cell to open CFD-Post.
3.
Continue from the Viewing the Results in CFD-Post section of the tutorial.
If this is the final section of your tutorial, continue from Closing the Applications (p. 3). If you are Running
ANSYS CFX Tutorials with a Sequence of Multiple Simulations continue from Creating CFX Component Systems
for Multiple Simulations (As Required) (p. 3).
In the ANSYS Workbench Project Schematic, right-click the first cell in the System 1 system and select
Duplicate.
A new system named Copy of System 1 will appear in the Project Schematic.
2.
Type in the new name System 2 to replace the highlighted text below the system.
3.
Click the Solution cell of the System 1 and drag it to the Solution cell of the System 2.
You will now see a line, indicating a transfer connection, going from Solution cell of the System 1 to the
Solution cell of the System 2.
4.
Once, you have set up the new CFX component system, continue from Step 5 of Starting CFX-Pre (p. 2).
Note
In the tutorial, ignore the steps that tell you to set the initial values file in the Define Run dialog
box for CFX-Solver Manager. Dragging the solution cell between systems automatically sets the
initialization options in CFX-Solver Manager.
Note
Session files and tutorial session files can be played only in ANSYS CFX standalone, not in ANSYS
Workbench.
To play a tutorial session file:
1.
2.
3.
Select the required tutorial session file (filename.pre) for the tutorial. This file is located in
<CFXROOT>/examples and <CFXROOT>/etc/model-templates, where <CFXROOT> is the
installation directory for ANSYS CFX.
Some tutorials have more than one tutorial session file; each covers a particular set of CFX-Pre setup instructions.
Click Open.
5.
If an Information dialog box appears, click OK. CFX-Pre writes a CFX-Solver input file (filename.def)
in the directory set as your Working Directory. This file is written in the background while CFX-Pre remains
open.
6.
7.
On the ANSYS CFX Launcher click the CFX-Solver Manager 12.1 button.
8.
On the CFX-Solver Manager menu bar, select File > Define Run. The Define Run dialog box appears.
9.
10. If you were directed here at some point during a tutorial, return to that location.
2.
Adjust the color settings under CFX-Pre > Graphics Style (for CFX-Pre) or CFD-Post > Viewer
(for CFD-Post).
3.
Click OK.
4.
If you were directed here at some point during a tutorial, return to that location.
Editor Buttons
The ANSYS CFX interface uses editors to enter the data required to set up and post-process a simulation. The
editors have standard buttons, which are described next:
Apply applies the information contained within all the tabs of an editor.
Cancel and Close both close the editor without applying or saving any changes.
Reset returns the settings for the object to those stored in the database for all the tabs. The settings are stored
in the database each time the Apply button is clicked.
Defaults restores the system default settings for all the tabs of the edited object.
Using Help
To invoke the help browser, select Help > Master Contents.
You may also try using context-sensitive help. Context-sensitive help is provided for many of the details views and
other parts of the interface. To invoke the context-sensitive help for a particular details view or other feature, ensure
that the feature is active, place the mouse pointer over it, then press F1. Not every area of the interface supports
context-sensitive help. If context-sensitive help is not available for the feature of interest, select Help > Master
Contents and try using the search or index features in the help browser.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
This tutorial simulates a static mixer consisting of two inlet pipes delivering water into a mixing vessel; the water
exits through an outlet pipe. A general workflow is established for analyzing the flow of fluid into and out of a
mixer.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Animation
Contour
Outline Plot (Wireframe)
Point
Feature
Details
Slice Plane
Streamline
Figure 2.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
StaticMixerMesh.gtm
StaticMixer.pre
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
In the image above, the left pane of CFX-Pre displays the Outline workspace. When you double-click items in the
Outline, the Outline editor opens and can be used to create, modify, and view objects.
Note
In this documentation, the details view can also be referenced by the name of the object being edited,
followed by the word details view (for example, if you double-click the Wireframe object, the
Wireframe details view appears).
Workflow Overview
This tutorial follows the general workflow for Quick Setup mode:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.
Note
If this is the first time you are running this software, a message box will appear notifying you that
automatic generation of the default domain is active. To avoid seeing this message again uncheck
Show This Message Again.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Ensure that Simulation Definition is displayed at the top of the details view.
2.
Importing a Mesh
At least one mesh must be imported before physics are applied.
1.
3.
4.
Click Open.
The mesh loads.
5.
Click Next.
2.
3.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.
Click Rotate
2.
Click and drag within the geometry repeatedly to test the rotation of the geometry.
The geometry rotates based on the direction of movement.
Notice how the mouse cursor changes depending on where you are in the viewer:
3.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards-X.
4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z Up).
A clearer view of the mesh is displayed.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Next.
Defining Boundaries
The CFD model requires the definition of conditions on the boundaries of the domain.
1.
Delete Inlet and Outlet from the list by right-clicking each and selecting Delete Boundary.
3.
Right-click in the blank area where Inlet and Outlet were listed, then select Add Boundary.
4.
5.
Click OK.
The boundary is created and, when selected, properties related to the boundary are displayed.
2.
3.
2.
3.
2.
Review the boundary in1 settings for accuracy. They should be as follows:
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Data
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
in1
Option
Normal Speed
Normal Speed
2 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
315 [K]
Flow Specification
Temperature Specification
Under Boundary Definition, right-click in the selector area and select Add Boundary.
2.
10
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Boundary Data
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
in2
Option
Normal Speed
Normal Speed
2 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
285 [K]
Flow Specification
Temperature Specification
Setting
Value
Boundary Data
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
out
Option
Relative Pressure
0 [Pa]
Flow Specification
2.
Click Next.
2.
On the Basic Settings tab, set Advection Scheme > Option to Upwind.
3.
Set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control to Physical Timescale
and set the physical timescale value to 2 [s].
4.
Click OK.
11
2.
3.
Click Save.
The CFX-Solver input file (StaticMixer.def) is created. CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and,
on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.
3.
Select StaticMixer.pre.
4.
Click Open.
A CFX-Solver input file is written.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
One window shows the convergence history plots and the other displays text output from CFX-Solver.
The text lists physical properties, boundary conditions and various other parameters used or calculated in creating
the model. All the text is written to the output file automatically (in this case, StaticMixer_001.out).
2.
Note
Once the second iteration appears, data begins to plot. Plotting may take a long time depending on
the amount of data to process. Let the process run.
When CFX-Solver is finished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results.
13
2.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
3.
Click OK. After a short pause, CFX-Solver Manager closes and CFD-Post opens.
The viewer displays an outline of the geometry and other graphic objects. You can use the mouse or the toolbar
icons to manipulate the view, exactly as in CFX-Pre.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Workflow Overview
Workflow Overview
This tutorial describes the following workflow for viewing results in CFD-Post:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Tip
While it is not necessary to change the view to set the angle, do so to explore the practical uses of
this feature.
2.
Right-click a blank area anywhere in the viewer, select Predefined Camera from the shortcut menu, and select
Isometric View (Z up).
3.
In the Wireframe details view, under Definition, click in the Edge Angle box.
An embedded slider is displayed.
4.
15
6.
Drag the embedded slider to set the Edge Angle value to approximately 45 [degree].
7.
8.
9.
Select Insert > Location > Point from the main menu.
You can also use the toolbars to create a variety of objects. Later modules and tutorials explore this further.
2.
Click OK.
This accepts the default name.
3.
4.
5.
Click Apply.
The point appears as a symbol in the viewer as a crosshair symbol.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Click OK.
3.
Tip
To create streamlines originating from more than one location, click the Ellipsis
icon to the
right of the Start From box. This displays the Location Selector dialog box, where you can use
the Ctrl and Shift keys to pick multiple locators.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click Apply.
The streamline shows the path of a zero mass particle from Point 1. The temperature is initially high near
the hot inlet, but as the fluid mixes the temperature drops.
Tip
In this module, you may choose to display various views and zooms from the Predefined Camera option
in the shortcut menu (such as Isometric View (Z up) or View Towards -X) and by using Zoom Box
if you prefer to change the display.
1.
17
3.
Click Apply.
The point is moved and the streamline redrawn.
4.
and ensure that the adjacent toolbar icon is set to Single Select
While in select mode, you cannot use the left mouse button to re-orient the object in the viewer.
5.
In the viewer, drag Point 1 (appears as a yellow addition sign) to a new location within the mixer.
The point position is updated in the details view and the streamline is redrawn at the new location. The point
moves normal in relation to the viewing direction.
6.
Click Rotate
Tip
You can also click in the viewer area, and press the space bar to toggle between Select and Viewing
Mode. A way to pick objects from Viewing Mode is to hold down Ctrl + Shift while clicking on
an object with the left mouse button.
7.
8.
Click Apply.
The point appears at its original location.
9.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -X.
Because there are many settings that can be customized for the legend, this module allows you the freedom to
experiment with them. In the last steps you will set up a legend, based on the default legend, with a minor modification
to the position.
Tip
When editing values, you can restore the values that were present when you began editing by clicking
Reset. To restore the factory-default values, click Default.
1.
An exception occurs when one or more bands in a contour plot represent values beyond the legend's range. In this case, such bands are colored using a color
that is extrapolated slightly past the range of colors shown in the legend. This can happen only when a user-specified range is used for the legend.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Setting
Value
Definition
Title Mode
User Specified
Title
Streamline Temp.
Horizontal
(Selected)
Bottom
Click Apply.
The appearance and position of the legend changes based on the settings specified.
4.
Modify various settings in Definition and click Apply after each change.
5.
6.
Modify a variety of settings in the Appearance and click Apply after each change.
7.
Click Defaults.
8.
Click Apply.
9.
Under Outline, in User Locations and Plots, clear the check boxes for Point 1 and Streamline
1.
Since both are no longer visible, the associated legend no longer appears.
Point and Normal: defines a plane from one point on the plane and a normal vector to the plane.
YZ Plane, ZX Plane, and XY Plane: similar to Point and Normal, except that the normal is defined
to be normal to the indicated plane.
1.
From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Plane or click Location > Plane.
2.
3.
Click OK.
The Geometry, Color, Render, and View tabs let you switch between settings.
4.
2.
3.
19
5.
6.
Click Apply.
Slice appears under User Locations and Plots. Rotate the view to see the plane.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
The slice is now visible in the viewer.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Rotate
6.
Click and drag the mouse pointer down slightly to rotate the geometry towards you.
7.
2.
3.
20
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.
6.
Click Apply.
7.
8.
The line segments show where the slice plane intersects with mesh element faces. The end points of each line
segment are located where the plane intersects mesh element edges.
9.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Z.
The image shown below can be used for comparison with Flow in a Static Mixer (Refined Mesh) (p. 53) (in
the section Creating a Slice Plane (p. 60)), where a refined mesh is used.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variablea
Variable
Temperature
Show Faces
(Selected)
(Cleared)
Render
a
You can specify the variable (in this case, temperature) used to color the graphic element. The Constant mode allows you to color the
plane with a fixed color.
2.
Click Apply.
21
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
2.
3.
4.
Click and drag the plane to a new location that intersects the domain.
As you drag the mouse, the viewer updates automatically. Note that Point updates with new settings.
5.
6.
Click Apply.
7.
Click Rotate
8.
Turn off visibility of Slice by clearing the check box next to Slice in the Outline tree view.
Adding Contours
Contours connect all points of equal value for a scalar variable (for example, Temperature) and help to visualize
variable values and gradients. Colored bands fill the spaces between contour lines. Each band is colored by the
average color of its two bounding contour lines (even if the latter are not displayed).
1.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
2.
Select Insert > Contour from the main menu or click Contour
4.
Click OK.
5.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
Slice
Variable
Temperature
(Selected)
Render
6.
Click Apply.
Important
The colors of 3D graphics object faces are slightly altered when lighting is on. To view colors with
highest accuracy, go to the Render tab and, under Show Contour Bands, clear Lighting and click
Apply.
The graphic element faces are visible, producing a contour plot as shown.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
Make sure that the visibility for Slice (in the Outline tree view) is turned off.
Workflow Overview
This tutorial follows the general workflow for creating a keyframe animation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
23
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
2.
In the Outline, under User Locations and Plots, turn off the visibility of Slice Contour and
turn on the visibility of Slice.
3.
4.
A new keyframe named KeyframeNo1 is created. This represents the current image displayed in the viewer.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
Click Apply.
The slice plane moves to the bottom of the mixer.
4.
Select KeyframeNo1.
6.
7.
Press Enter.
The Frame # column shows the frame in which each keyframe appears. KeyframeNo1 appears at frame 1
since it defines the start of the animation. KeyframeNo2 is at frame 22 since you have 20 intermediate frames
(frames 2 to 21) in between KeyframeNo1 and KeyframeNo2.
25
Click To Beginning
This ensures that the animation will begin at the first keyframe.
2.
The animation plays from frame 1 to frame 22. It plays relatively slowly because the slice plane must be updated
for each frame.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
26
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Point
0, 0, 1.99
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Range
User Specified
Min
295 [K]
Max
305 [K]
Click Apply.
The slice plane moves to the top of the static mixer.
Note
Do not double-click in the next step.
3.
In the Animation dialog box, single click (do not double-click) KeyframeNo1 to select it.
If you had double-clicked KeyFrameNo1, the plane and viewer states would have been redefined according
to the stored settings for KeyFrameNo1. If this happens, click Undo
4.
The image in the viewer replaces the one previously associated with KeyframeNo1.
5.
Double-click KeyframeNo2.
The object properties for the slice plane are updated according to the settings in KeyFrameNo2.
6.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Range
User Specified
Min
295 [K]
Max
305 [K]
7.
Click Apply.
8.
9.
27
Saving a Movie
Saving a Movie
1.
The Loop and Bounce radio buttons determine what happens when the animation reaches the last keyframe.
When Loop is selected, the animation repeats itself the number of times defined by Repeat. When Bounce is
selected, every other cycle is played in reverse order, starting with the second.
2.
3.
Click Browse
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click Save.
The movie file name (including path) has been set, but the animation has not yet been produced.
8.
Click To Beginning
9.
Quitting CFD-Post
When finished with CFD-Post, exit the current window:
1.
When you are finished, select File > Quit to exit CFD-Post.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
For introductory information about ANSYS Workbench, see ANSYS CFX in ANSYS Workbench (p. 51) in the
ANSYS CFX Introduction.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
CFD-Post
Timestep
Animation
Keyframe
29
Feature
Details
Plots
Contour
Outline Plot (Wireframe)
Point
Slice Plane
Streamline
Figure 3.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe
Use your operating system's tools to create a directory for your project's files. The directory you create will be
referred to as the working directory.
2.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
You use a CFX component system because you are starting with a mesh. If you wanted to create
the geometry and mesh, you would start with a Fluid Flow (CFX) analysis system.
3.
4.
Right-click on the blue CFX cell (A1) and select Rename. Change the name of the system to Static Mixer.
In ANSYS Workbench, enable View > Files and View > Progress so that you can see the files that are written
and the time remaining to complete operations.
2.
In the Workbench Project Schematic, double-click the Setup cell of the CFX component system. CFX-Pre
opens.
3.
Optionally, change the background color of the viewer in CFX-Pre for improved viewing:
a.
b.
Adjust the color settings under CFX-Pre > Graphics Style. For example, you could set the Background
> Color Type to Solid and the Color to white.
c.
Click OK.
31
In CFX-Pre, select Tools > Quick Setup Mode. The Quick Setup Wizard opens, enabling you to define this
single-phase simulation.
2.
Under Working Fluid select Water. This is a fluid already defined in the library of materials as water at
25C.
3.
5.
Click Next.
Under Model Data, note that the Reference Pressure is set to 1 [atm].
All other pressure settings are relative to this reference pressure.
2.
3.
4.
Click Next.
Defining Boundaries
The CFD model requires the definition of conditions on the boundaries of the domain.
1.
Delete Inlet and Outlet from the list by right-clicking each and selecting Delete Boundary.
2.
Right-click in the blank area where Inlet and Outlet were listed, then select Add Boundary.
3.
4.
Click OK.
The boundary is created and, when selected, properties related to the boundary are displayed.
2.
3.
Set the Flow Specification Option to Normal Speed and set Normal Speed to: 2 [m s^-1]
4.
Set the Temperature Specification Static Temperature to 315 [K] (note the units).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Under Boundary Definition, right-click in the selector area and select Add Boundary.
2.
Setting
Value
Boundary Data
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
in2
Option
Normal Speed
Normal Speed
2 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
285 [K]
Flow Specification
Temperature Specification
Setting
Value
Boundary Data
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
out
Option
Relative Pressure
0 [Pa]
Flow Specification
2.
Click Next.
2.
Click Finish.
The three boundary conditions are displayed in the viewer as sets of arrows at the boundary surfaces. Inlet
boundary arrows are directed into the domain. Outlet boundary arrows are directed out of the domain.
33
3.
4.
Click Rotate
2.
Click and drag within the geometry repeatedly to test the rotation of the geometry.
3.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards-X.
4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z Up).
A clearer view of the mesh is displayed.
2.
On the Basic Settings tab, set Advection Scheme > Option to Upwind.
3.
Set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control to Physical Timescale
and set the physical timescale value to 2 [s].
4.
Click OK.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
34
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Double-click on the ANSYS Workbench Solution cell. The CFX-Solver Manager appears with the Define
Run dialog box displayed.
The Define Run dialog box enables configuration of a run for processing by CFX-Solver. In this case, all of
the information required to perform a new serial run (on a single processor) is entered automatically. You do
not need to alter the information in the Define Run dialog box.
2.
35
Note
Once the second iteration appears, data begins to plot. Plotting may take a long time depending on
the amount of data to process. Let the process run.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
When CFX-Solver is finished, a message is displayed and the final line in the .out file (which you can see
in the CFX-Solver Manager) is:
This run of the ANSYS CFX Solver has finished.
2.
3.
When the refresh is complete, double-click on the Results cell. CFD-Post appears.
In CFD-Post, select Edit > Options. The Options dialog box appears.
2.
Adjust the color settings under CFD-Post > Viewer. For example, you could set the Background > Color
Type to Solid and the Color to white.
3.
Click OK.
The viewer displays an outline of the geometry and other graphic objects. You can use the mouse or the toolbar
icons to manipulate the view, exactly as in CFX-Pre.
Workflow Overview
This tutorial describes the following workflow for viewing results in CFD-Post:
1.
2.
3.
37
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.
Right-click a blank area anywhere in the viewer, select Predefined Camera from the shortcut menu, and select
Isometric View (Z up).
Tip
While it is not necessary to change the view to set the edge angle for the wireframe, doing so enables
you to explore the practical uses of this feature.
3.
In the Wireframe details view, under Definition, click in the Edge Angle box.
An embedded slider is displayed.
4.
5.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.
Drag the embedded slider to set the Edge Angle value to approximately 45 [degree].
7.
8.
9.
Select Insert > Location > Point from the main menu.
You can also use the toolbars to create a variety of objects. Later modules and tutorials will explore this further.
2.
Click OK.
This accepts the default name.
3.
4.
5.
Click Apply.
The point appears as a symbol in the viewer as a crosshair symbol.
39
2.
Click OK.
3.
Tip
To create streamlines originating from more than one location, click the Ellipsis
icon to the
right of the Start From box. This displays the Location Selector dialog box, where you can use
the Ctrl and Shift keys to pick multiple locators.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click Apply.
The streamline shows the path of a zero mass particle from Point 1. The temperature is initially high near
the hot inlet, but as the fluid mixes the temperature drops.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tip
In this module, you may choose to display various views and zooms from the Predefined Camera option
in the shortcut menu (such as Isometric View (Z up) or View Towards -X) and by using Zoom Box
if you prefer to change the display.
1.
2.
3.
Click Apply.
The point is moved and the streamline redrawn.
4.
and ensure that the adjacent toolbar icon is set to Single Select
While in select mode, you cannot use the left mouse button to re-orient the object in the viewer.
5.
In the viewer, drag Point 1 (appears as a yellow addition sign) to a new location within the mixer.
The point position is updated in the details view and the streamline is redrawn at the new location. The point
moves normal in relation to the viewing direction.
6.
Click Rotate
Tip
You can also click in the viewer area, and press the space bar to toggle between Select and Viewing
Mode. A way to pick objects from Viewing Mode is to hold down Ctrl + Shift while clicking on
an object with the left mouse button.
7.
8.
Click Apply.
The point appears at its original location.
9.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -X.
An exception occurs when one or more bands in a contour plot represent values beyond the legend's range. In this case, such bands are colored using a color
that is extrapolated slightly past the range of colors shown in the legend. This can happen only when a user-specified range is used for the legend.
41
Tip
When editing values, you can restore the values that were present when you began editing by clicking
Reset. To restore the factory-default values, click Default.
1.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Definition
Title Mode
User Specified
Title
Streamline Temp.
Horizontal
(Selected)
Bottom
Click Apply.
The appearance and position of the legend changes based on the settings specified.
4.
Modify various settings in Definition and click Apply after each change.
5.
Select Appearance.
6.
Modify a variety of settings in the Appearance and click Apply after each change.
7.
Click Defaults.
8.
Click Apply.
9.
Under Outline, in User Locations and Plots, clear the check boxes for Point 1 and Streamline
1.
Since both are no longer visible, the associated legend no longer appears.
Point and Normal: defines a plane from one point on the plane and a normal vector to the plane.
YZ Plane, ZX Plane, and XY Plane: similar to Point and Normal, except that the normal is defined
to be normal to the indicated plane.
1.
From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Plane or click Location > Plane.
2.
3.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Apply.
Slice appears under User Locations and Plots. Rotate the view to see the plane.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
The slice is now visible in the viewer.
2.
43
4.
5.
Click Rotate
6.
Click and drag the mouse pointer down slightly to rotate the geometry towards you.
7.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Apply.
7.
8.
The line segments show where the slice plane intersects with mesh element faces. The end points of each line
segment are located where the plane intersects mesh element edges.
9.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Z.
The image shown below can be used for comparison with Flow in a Static Mixer (Refined Mesh) (p. 53) (in
the section Creating a Slice Plane (p. 60)), where a refined mesh is used.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Temperature
Show Faces
(Selected)
(Cleared)
Render
Footnote
1.
2.
You can specify the variable (in this case, temperature) used to color the graphic element. The
Constant mode allows you to color the plane with a fixed color.
Click Apply.
Hot water (red) enters from one inlet and cold water (blue) from the other.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
2.
3.
4.
Click and drag the plane to a new location that intersects the domain.
As you drag the mouse, the viewer updates automatically. Note that Point updates with new settings.
5.
6.
Click Apply.
7.
Click Rotate
8.
Turn off the visibility for Slice by clearing the check box next to Slice in the Outline tree view.
Adding Contours
Contours connect all points of equal value for a scalar variable (for example, Temperature) and help to visualize
variable values and gradients. Colored bands fill the spaces between contour lines. Each band is colored by the
average color of its two bounding contour lines (even if the latter are not displayed).
1.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
2.
Select Insert > Contour from the main menu or click Contour
4.
Click OK.
5.
45
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
Slice
Variable
Temperature
(Selected)
Render
6.
Click Apply.
Important
The colors of 3D graphics object faces are slightly altered when lighting is on. To view colors with
highest accuracy, go to the Render tab and, under Show Faces, clear Lighting and click Apply.
The graphic element faces are visible, producing a contour plot as shown.
Note
Make sure that the visibility of Slice (in the Outline tree view) is turned off.
Workflow Overview
This tutorial follows the general workflow for creating a keyframe animation:
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
46
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
2.
In the Outline, under User Locations and Plots, turn off the visibility of Slice Contour and
turn on the visibility of Slice.
3.
A new keyframe named KeyframeNo1 is created. This represents the current image displayed in the viewer.
47
2.
3.
Click Apply.
The slice plane moves to the bottom of the mixer.
4.
Select KeyframeNo1 so that you can set the number of frames to be interpolated between the two keyframes.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
48
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.
Press Enter.
The Frame # column shows the frame in which each keyframe appears. KeyframeNo1 appears at frame 1
since it defines the start of the animation. KeyframeNo2 is at frame 22 since you have 20 intermediate frames
(frames 2 to 21) in between KeyframeNo1 and KeyframeNo2.
49
Click To Beginning
This ensures that the animation will begin at the first keyframe.
2.
The animation plays from frame 1 to frame 22. It plays relatively slowly because the slice plane must be updated
for each frame.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Point
0, 0, 1.99
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Range
User Specified
Min
295 [K]
Max
305 [K]
Click Apply.
The slice plane moves to the top of the static mixer.
Note
Do not double-click in the next step.
3.
In the Animation dialog box, single click (do not double-click) KeyframeNo1 to select it.
If you had double-clicked KeyFrameNo1, the plane and viewer states would have been redefined according
to the stored settings for KeyFrameNo1. If this happens, click Undo
4.
The image in the viewer replaces the one previously associated with KeyframeNo1.
5.
Double-click KeyframeNo2.
The object properties for the slice plane are updated according to the settings in KeyFrameNo2.
6.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Saving a Movie
Tab
Setting
Value
Variable
Temperature
Range
User Specified
Min
295 [K]
Max
305 [K]
7.
Click Apply.
8.
9.
Saving a Movie
1.
The Loop and Bounce radio buttons determine what happens when the animation reaches the last keyframe.
When Loop is selected, the animation repeats itself the number of times defined by Repeat. When Bounce is
selected, every other cycle is played in reverse order, starting with the second.
2.
3.
4.
Click Browse
5.
6.
If required, set the path location to a different directory. You may want to set the directory to your working
directory so that the animation will be in the same location as the project files; however, ANSYS Workbench
will not store the file as part of the project.
7.
Click Save.
The movie file name (including path) has been set, but the animation has not yet been produced.
8.
Click To Beginning
9.
51
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using the General Mode of CFX-Pre (this mode is used for more complex cases).
Importing CCL to copy the definition of a different simulation into the current simulation.
Viewing the mesh with a Sphere Volume locator and a Surface Plot.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Slice Plane
Sphere Volume
Other
53
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
StaticMixerRefMesh.gtm
StaticMixerRef.pre
StaticMixer.def
StaticMixer_001.res
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics so that you can see the workflow:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
As an alternative to these steps, you can set up the simulation automatically by following the procedures in Playing
the Session File and Starting CFX-Solver Manager (p. 58).
To begin this tutorial and create a new simulation in CFX-Pre, continue from Creating a New Case (p. 54).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Importing a Mesh
Procedure in Standalone
1.
2.
Select General in the New Case dialog box and click OK.
3.
4.
5.
Importing a Mesh
At least one mesh must be imported before physics are applied.
An assembly is a group of mesh regions that are topologically connected. Each assembly can contain only one mesh,
but multiple assemblies are permitted. The Mesh tree shows the regions in Assembly in a tree structure. The level
below Assembly displays 3D regions and the level below each 3D region shows the 2D regions associated with
it. The check box next to each item in the Mesh tree indicates the visibility status of the object in the viewer; you
can click these to toggle visibility.
1.
Select File > Import > Mesh or right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other.
2.
In the Import Mesh dialog box, select StaticMixerRefMesh.gtm from your working directory.
This is a mesh that is more refined than the one used in Tutorial 1.
3.
Click Open.
4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
Importing CCL
Since the physics for this simulation is very similar to that for Tutorial 1, you can save time by importing the settings
used there.
The CCL contains settings that reference mesh regions. For example, the outlet boundary condition references the
mesh region named out. In this tutorial, the name of the mesh regions are the same as in Tutorial 1, so you can
import the CCL without error.
The physics for a simulation can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) file at any time by selecting File
> Export > CCL. However, a number of other files can also be used as sources to import CCL including:
Note
If you import CCL that references non-existent mesh regions, you will get errors.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select StaticMixer.def created in Tutorial 1. If you did not work through Tutorial 1, you can copy this
file from the examples directory.
5.
Click Open.
6.
55
Tip
To select Outline you may need to click the navigation icons next to the tabs to move forward' or
backward' through the various tabs.
The tree view displays a summary of the current simulation in a tree structure. Some items may be recognized
from Tutorial 1-for example the boundary condition objects in1, in2, and out.
Basic Settings
Specifies the location of the domain, coordinate frame settings and the fluids/solids that are present in the domain.
You also reference pressure, buoyancy and whether the domain is stationary or rotating. Mesh motion can also
be set.
Fluid Models
Sets models that apply to the fluid(s) in the domain, such as heat transfer, turbulence, combustion, and radiation
models. An option absent in Tutorial 1 is Turbulent Wall Functions, which is set to Scalable. Wall functions
model the flow in the near-wall region. For the k-epsilon turbulence model, you should always use scalable wall
functions.
Initialization
Sets the initial conditions for the current domain only. This is generally used when multiple domains exist to
allow setting different initial conditions in each domain, but can also be used to initialize single-domain
simulations. Global initialization allows the specification of initial conditions for all domains that do not have
domain-specific initialization.
1.
On the Outline tree view, under Simulation > Flow Analysis 1, double-click Default Domain.
The domain Default Domain is opened for editing.
2.
Click the Basic Settings tab and review, but do not change, the current settings.
3.
Click Fluid Models and review, but do not change, the current settings.
4.
Click Initialization and review, but do not change, the current settings.
5.
Click Close.
2.
Click the Boundary Details tab and review the settings for Flow Regime, Mass and Momentum, Turbulence
and Heat Transfer.
3.
Click Close.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Select Insert > Solver > Solver Control from the menu bar or click Solver Control
2.
Value
High Resolution
150
Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Physical Timescale
Control
Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Physical
Timescale
0.5 [s]
Footnote
1.
If your solution does not meet the convergence criteria after this number of timesteps, the
CFX-Solver will stop.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
6.
Click OK.
The simulation file can be saved at any time while defining the simulation.
The CFX-Solver input file is an encapsulated set of meshes and CCL defining a solver run, and is a subset of
the data in the simulation file.
1.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
File name
StaticMixerRef.def
Click Save.
The CFX-Solver input file (StaticMixerRef.def) is created. CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts
and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
5.
If you are notified in CFX-Pre that the file already exists, click Overwrite.
6.
7.
57
Procedure in Standalone
1.
2.
3.
Select StaticMixerRef.pre.
4.
Click Open.
A CFX-Solver input file is written.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Select StaticMixerRef.pre.
8.
Click Open.
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics to follow as a general workflow:
1.
58
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
2.
Set Initial Values Specification > Initial Values > Initial Values 1 > Initial Values 1 Settings > File Name
to StaticMixer_001.res.
If you did not complete the first tutorial, you can use StaticMixer_001.res from your working directory.
3.
4.
5.
Note
Convergence information is plotted once the second outer loop iteration is complete.
Confirming Results
When the run is finished, specific information appears in the text window of CFX-Solver Manager.
To confirm that results interpolation was successful, look in the text window in CFX-Solver Manager. The following
text appears before the convergence history begins:
+----------------------------------------------------------+
| Initial Conditions Supplied by Fields in the Input Files |
+----------------------------------------------------------+
This lists the variables that were interpolated from the results file. After the final iteration, a message similar to the
following content appears:
CFD Solver finished: Tue Oct 19 08:06:45 2004
CFD Solver wall clock seconds: 1.7100E+02
This indicates that CFX-Solver has successfully calculated the solution for the problem to the specified accuracy
or has run out of coefficient loops.
1.
When CFX-Solver is finished, ensure that the check box next to Post-Process Results is cleared to prevent
CFD-Post from launching at this time.
2.
Click OK. Review the results on the Out File tab for details on the run results.
2.
In the Start CFD-Post dialog box, next to Results File, ensure that StaticMixerRef_001.res is set. If
it is not, click Browse
in the toolbar.
59
4.
Click OK.
After a short pause, CFD-Post starts.
Around the edges of the mixer geometry there are several layers of narrow rectangles. This is the region where
the mesh contains prismatic elements (which are created as inflation layers). The bulk of the geometry contains
tetrahedral elements.
There are more lines on the plane than there were in Tutorial 1. This is because the slice plane intersects with
more mesh elements.
The curves of the mixer are smoother than in Tutorial 1 because the finer mesh better represents the true geometry.
1.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
2.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Plane or under Location, click Plane.
3.
In the Insert Plane dialog box, type Slice and click OK.
The Geometry, Color, Render and View tabs let you switch between settings.
4.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Domains
Default Domain
XY Plane
Definition > Z
1 [m]
Plane Type
Slice
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
Render
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Z.
7.
8.
Compare the on-screen image with the equivalent picture from Simulating Flow in a Static Mixer Using CFX
in Standalone Mode (p. 5) (in the section Rendering Slice Planes (p. 20)).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Color
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Range
Global
Show Faces
(Selected)
(Cleared)
Render
Footnote
1.
2.
A mode setting of Constant would allow you to color the plane with a fixed color.
Click Apply.
To load the results file from Tutorial 1, select File > Load Results or click Load Results
2.
Be careful not to click Open until instructed to do so. In the Load Results File dialog box, select
StaticMixer_001.res in the <CFXROOT>\examples directory or from your working directory if it
has been copied.
3.
On the right side of the dialog box, there are three frames:
Case options
Additional actions
61
Under Case options, select Keep current cases loaded and ensure that Open in new view is selected.
4.
Under Additional actions, ensure that the Clear user state before loading check box is cleared.
5.
Under CFX run history and multi-configuration options, ensure that Load only the last results is selected.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Click Apply.
11. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
Both meshes are now displayed in a line along the Y axis. Notice that one mesh is of a higher resolution than
the other.
12. Set Edge Angle to 30 [degree].
13. Click Apply.
In the tree view, right-click the plane named Slice and select Duplicate.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Apply.
7.
to synchronize
1.
2.
Click in the viewport that is set to show View 1, then clear the visibility check box for Slice in the Outline
tree view and ensure that the visibility check box for Slice 1 is selected.
3.
Click in the viewport that is set to show View 2, then select the visibility check box for Slice and ensure
that the visibility check box for Slice 1 is cleared.
4.
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Right-click in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
Note the difference in temperature distribution.
7.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
8.
9.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
2.
In the tree view, ensure that the visibility check box for StaticMixerRef_001 > Default Domain >
out is selected, then double-click out to open it for editing.
Since the boundary location geometry was defined in CFX-Pre, the details view does not display a Geometry
tab as it did for the planes.
3.
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
Color Mode
User Specified
Line Color
4.
Click Apply.
5.
6.
7.
Click Rotate
8.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Volume or, under Location click Volume.
2.
In the Insert Volume dialog box, type Tet Volume and click OK.
3.
63
Setting
Value
Geometry
Sphere
0.08, 0, -2
0.14 [m]
Below Intersection
(Cleared)
Color
Color
Red
Render
0.3
(Selected)
User Specified
Grey
Footnotes
1.
The z slider's minimum value corresponds to the minimum z value of the entire geometry,
which, in this case, occurs at the outlet.
2.
Only elements that are entirely contained within the sphere volume will be included.
4.
5.
6.
In the Duplicate Tet Volume dialog box, type Prism Volume and click OK.
7.
8.
Setting
Value
Geometry
0.206 [m]
Color
Orange
Color
9.
Click Apply.
2.
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Selected)
(Selected)
Line Width
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click Apply.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Plane or under Location, click Plane.
2.
In the Insert Plane dialog box, type Slice 2 and click OK.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
YZ Plane
Definition > X
0 [m]
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
Render
4.
Click Apply.
5.
6.
To see the plane clearly, right-click in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -X.
Click the Report Viewer tab (located below the viewer window).
A report appears. Look at the table shown in the Mesh Report section.
2.
3.
In the Mesh Report details view, select Statistics > Maximum Face Angle.
4.
As a result of generating this mesh statistic for the report, a new variable, Maximum Face Angle, has been
created and stored at every node. This variable will be used in the next section.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
3.
In the Outline tree view, select the visibility check box of Wireframe.
4.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Volume or under Location, click Volume.
5.
In the Insert Volume dialog box, type Max Face Angle Volume and click OK.
6.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Isovolume
65
Viewing the Mesh Elements with Largest Face Angle Using a Point
Tab
Setting
Value
Above Value
140 [degree]
(Selected)
Footnotes
7.
1.
Select Maximum Face Angle from the larger list of variables available by clicking
to the right of the Variable box.
2.
This includes any elements that have at least one node with a variable value greater than or
equal to the given value.
Click Apply.
The volume object appears in the viewer.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Point or under Location, click Point.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Variable Maximum
Default Domain
Symbol Size
Symbol
4.
Click Apply.
Quitting CFD-Post
1.
When you are finished, select File > Quit to exit CFD-Post.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using the CFX Expression Language (CEL) to describe temperature dependent fluid properties in CFX-Pre.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Boundary Conditions
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Default Locators
Outline Plot (Wireframe)
Slice Plane
67
Feature
Details
Streamline
Other
In this tutorial, you will establish a general workflow for analyzing the flow of the water fluid into and out of an
injection pipe. First, a simulation will be created and an existing mesh will be imported in CFX-Pre. A viscosity
expression will also be created, and will be used to modify the water properties later on in this tutorial to increase
the solution accuracy. Finally, initial values will be set and a solution will be found using CFX-Solver Manager.
The results will then be viewed in CFD-Post. Streamlines originating from the main inlet will be generated to show
the flow of the water into and out of the injection pipe.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
68
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Starting CFX-Pre
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
InjectMixer.pre
InjectMixer_velocity_profile.csv
InjectMixerMesh.gtm
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics to follow as a general workflow:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Procedure in Standalone
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
6.
69
Importing a Mesh
Importing a Mesh
The following steps will demonstrate how to import a mesh.
1.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create a new domain manually, later in this
tutorial.
2.
3.
4.
Click Open.
5.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Y up) from the
shortcut menu.
The variable T (Temperature) is a CFX System Variable recognized by CFX-Pre, denoting static temperature. All
variables, expressions, locators, functions, and constants can be viewed by double-clicking the appropriate entry
(such as Additional Variables or Expressions) in the tree view.
All expressions must have consistent units. You should be careful if using temperature in an expression with units
other than [K].
The Expressions tab lets you define, modify, evaluate, plot, copy, delete and browse through expressions used
within CFX-Pre.
1.
From the main menu, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > Expression.
2.
3.
Click OK.
The details view for the Tupper equation is displayed.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click OK.
9.
Definition
Visupper
5.45E-04 [N s m^-2]
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
70
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Plotting an Expression
Name
Definition
Vislower
1.8E-03 [N s m^-2]
VisT
Vislower+(Visupper-Vislower)*(T-Tlower)/(Tupper-Tlower)
Plotting an Expression
1.
Right-click VisT in the Expressions tree view, and then select Edit.
The Expressions details view for VisT appears.
Tip
Alternatively, double-clicking the expression also opens the Expressions details view.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Plot
Number of Points
10
(Selected)
Start of Range
275 [K]
End of Range
325 [K]
Evaluating an Expression
1.
2.
3.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Click OK.
71
Ensure that no default domain is present under Flow Analysis 1. If a default domain is present, right-click
it and select Delete.
2.
Select Insert > Domain from the main menu or click Domain
3.
4.
Click OK.
5.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
6.
7.
8.
Setting
Value
Thermal Energy
Click OK.
Select Insert > Boundary from the main menu or click Boundary
2.
Note
A boundary named after a region will use that region as its location by default.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
side inlet
Normal Speed
Boundary Details
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
5.
Static Temperature
315 [K]
Click OK.
2.
3.
4.
Click Open.
5.
Click OK.
Select Insert > Boundary from the main menu or click Boundary
7.
8.
Click OK.
9.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
main inlet
main inlet
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Subsonic
Static Temperature
73
Plot Options
Setting
Value
285 [K]
Boundary Contour
(Selected)
Select Insert > Boundary from the main menu or click Boundary
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
outlet
Subsonic
Relative Pressure
0 [Pa]
Boundary Details
5.
Click OK.
2.
Click Close.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
0.75
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
RMS
1.E-4b
The physical timescale that will be setup is derived from the pipe diameter (1 m) and the rate at which the water flows in the pipe (0.5
m/s).
b
An RMS value of at least 1.E-5 is usually required for adequate convergence, but the default value is sufficient for demonstration purposes.
3.
Click OK.
1.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
InjectMixer.def
Click Save.
The CFX-Solver input file (InjectMixer.def) is created. CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and,
on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
5.
6.
2.
When the run ends, ensure that the check box next to Post-Process Results is cleared and click OK to close
the dialog box.
2.
If using CFX-Solver Manager in standalone mode, optionally select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
75
Click OK.
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics to follow as a general workflow:
1.
2.
Creating and Modifying Streamlines Originating from the Main Inlet (p. 76)
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.
3.
Click Apply.
Select Insert > Streamline from the main menu or click Streamline
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Type
3D Streamline
main inlet
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer, select Predefined Camera from the shortcut menu, then select Isometric
View (Y up).
The pipe is displayed with the main inlet in the bottom right of the viewer.
Under User Locations and Plots, modify the streamline object MainStream by applying the following settings
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Range
Local
Click Apply.
The color map is fitted to the range of velocities found along the streamlines. The streamlines therefore
collectively contain every color in the color map.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Range
User Specified
Min
0.2 [m s^-1]
Max
2.2 [m s^-1]
Note
Portions of streamlines that have values outside the range shown in the legend are colored according
to the color at the nearest end of the legend. When using tubes or symbols (which contain faces),
more accurate colors are obtained with lighting turned off.
4.
Click Apply.
The streamlines are colored using the specified range of velocity values.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Constant
Color
(Green)
Color can be set to green by selecting it from the color pallet, or by repeatedly clicking on the color box until
it cycles through to the default green color.
2.
Click Apply.
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Geometry
side inlet
Color
Mode
Constant
77
6.
Setting
Value
Color
(Red)
Click Apply.
Red streamlines appear, starting from the side inlet.
7.
Note
This module has multiple changes compiled into single steps in preparation for other tutorials that provide
fewer specific instructions.
1.
Turn off the visibility of both the MainStream and the SideStream objects.
2.
Create a plane named Plane 1 that is normal to X and passing through the X = 0 Point. To do so, specific
instructions follow.
3.
1.
From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Plane and click OK.
2.
In the Details view set Definition > Method to YZ Plane and X to 0 [m].
3.
Click Apply.
Color the plane using the variable Turbulence Kinetic Energy, to show regions of high turbulence.
To do so, apply the settings below.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
4.
Click Apply.
5.
Experiment with other variables to color this plane (for example, Temperature to show the temperature
mixing of the two streams).
Commonly used variables are in the drop-down menu. A full list of available variables can be viewed by
clicking
Quitting CFD-Post
1.
When you are finished, select File > Quit to exit CFD-Post.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Transient
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Opening
Wall: No-Slip
Timestep
Configuration
Multiple
Plots
Animation
Isosurface
Other
Auto Annotation
Movie Generation
Printing
79
Feature
Details
Time Step Selection
Title/Text
Transient Animation
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
80
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
CircVent.pre
CircVentMesh.gtm
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create a new domain manually, later in this
tutorial.
2.
3.
4.
Click Open.
5.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
Note
While smoke is not required for the steady-state simulation, including it here prevents you from having
to set up time value interpolation in the transient analysis.
1.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > Additional Variable.
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
6.
Click OK.
81
From the Outline Tree, right-click Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 and click Rename.
2.
Select Insert > Domain from the menu bar, or click Domain
OK.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B1.P3
Fluid 1
None
Footnote
1.
3.
1.0E-5 [m^2 s^-1] is a representative kinematic diffusivity value for smoke in air.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Inlet Boundary
You will create the inlet boundary with velocity components set consistently with the problem description.
1.
Select Insert > Boundary from the menu bar or click Boundary
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
Wind
1 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Value
Boundary Details
Footnotes
5.
1.
2.
The smoke value that will be set up corresponds to no smoke at the inlet.
Click OK.
Note
The boundary marker vectors used to display boundary conditions (inlets, outlets, openings) are normal
to the boundary surface regardless of the actual direction specification. To plot vectors in the direction
of flow, select Boundary Vector under the Plot Options tab for the inlet boundary, and on the Labels
and Markers Options tab (accessible from Case Options > Labels and Markers on the Outline tree
view), ensure that Settings > Show Boundary Markers is selected and Show Inlet Markers is cleared.
Opening Boundary
You will create an opening boundary with pressure and flow direction specified. If fluid enters the domain through
the opening, it should have turbulence intensity and length scale, as well as smoke concentration, set to the same
values as for the inlet.
83
Select Insert > Boundary from the menu bar or click Boundary
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Opening
Location
Atmosphere
0 [Pa]
0.05
0.25 [m]
Value
0 [kg m^-3]
Boundary Details
5.
Click OK.
Select Insert > Boundary from the menu bar or click Boundary
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
Vent
0.01 [m s^-1]
0.05
10
Value
0 [kg m^-3]
Boundary Details
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
2.
Review the settings for velocity, pressure, turbulence and the smoke.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
75
3.
Note that Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control is set to Auto Timescale.
4.
Click OK.
From the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation > Steady State Analysis and select Duplicate.
2.
Right-click Simulation > Copy of Steady State Analysis and select Rename.
3.
In the Outline tree view, ensure that Simulation > Transient Analysis is expanded.
2.
From the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation > Transient Analysis > Analysis Type
and select Edit.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Transient
0 [s]
85
Footnotes
4.
1.
2.
This list specifies 4 timesteps of 0.25 [s], then 2 timesteps of 0.5 [s], and so on.
Click OK.
In the Outline tree view, ensure that Simulation > Transient Analysis > CircVent is expanded.
2.
Right-click Simulation > Transient Analysis > CircVent > Vent and select Edit.
3.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
0.2 [m s^-1]
Create a new expression by selecting Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > Expression from the
menu bar. Set the name to TimeConstant.
5.
Definition
TimeConstant
3 [s]
6.
7.
Create the following expressions with specific settings, remembering to click Apply after each is defined:
Name
Definition
FinalConcentration
1 [kg m^-3]
FinalConcentration*abs(1-exp(-t/TimeConstant))
Footnote
1.
When entering this function, you can select most of the required items by right-clicking in the
Definition window in the Expression details view instead of typing them. The names of the
existing expressions are under the Expressions menu. The exp and abs functions are under
Functions > CEL. The variable t is under Variables.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
The abs function takes the modulus (or magnitude) of its argument. Even though the expression
(1- exp (-t/TimeConstant)) can never be less than zero, the abs function is included to ensure that
the numerical error in evaluating it near to zero will never make the expression evaluate to a negative
number.
Next, you will visualize how the concentration of smoke issued from the vent varies with time.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Plot
(Selected)
0 [s]
30 [s]
As can be seen, the smoke concentration rises to its asymptotic value reaching 90% of its final value at around
7 seconds.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Value
87
Initialization Values
Tab
Setting
Value
ExpFunction
[1 (p. 88)]
Footnote
1.
6.
to enter text.
Click OK.
Initialization Values
When the Transient Analysis is run, the initial values to the CFX-Solver will be taken from the results of
the Steady State Analysis. The steady state and transient analyses will be sequenced by setting up the
configurations of these analyses in a subsequent step. For the moment, you can leave all of the initialization data
set for the Transient Analysis to Automatic and the initial values will be read automatically from the
Steady State Analysis results. Therefore, there is no need to revisit the initialization settings.
In the Outline tree view, ensure that Simulation > Transient Analysis > Solver is expanded.
2.
Right-click Simulation > Transient Analysis > Solver > Solver Control and select Edit.
3.
4.
5.
Output Control
To allow results to be viewed at different time steps, it is necessary to create transient results files at specified times.
The transient results files do not have to contain all solution data. In this step, you will create minimal transient
results files.
In the Outline tree view, double click Simulation > Transient Analysis > Solver > Output
Control.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Option
Selected Variables
Time List
1, 2, 3 [s]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Footnotes
1.
2.
5.
Click Apply.
6.
This creates a second transient results object. Each object can result in the production of many transient results
files.
7.
Value
Option
Selected Variables
Time Interval
4 [s]
Footnote
1.
8.
A transient results file will be produced every 4 s (including 0 s) and at 1 s, 2 s and 3 s. The
files will contain no mesh, and data for only the three selected variables. This reduces the size
of the minimal results files. A full results file is always written at the end of the run.
Click OK.
2.
Right-click Simulation Control > Configurations and select Insert > Configuration.
3.
4.
Click OK.
5.
Setting
Value
General Settings
Flow Analysis
Click OK.
89
Right-click Simulation Control > Configurations and select Insert > Configuration.
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Setting
Value
General Settings
Flow Analysis
Transient Analysis
Selected
Selected
Click OK.
From the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation Control and select Write Solver Input File.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File of type
File name
CircVent.mdef
Click Save.
This will create CircVent.mdef as well as a directory named CircVent that contains SteadyState.cfg
and Transient.cfg.
4.
2.
90
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.
Value
CircVent.mdef
Edit Configuration
Global Settings
5.
In the Workspace drop-down menu, select SteadyState_001. The residual plots for six equations will
appear: U - Mom, V - Mom, W - Mom, P - Mass, K-TurbKE, and E-Diss.K (the three momentum conservation
equations, the mass conservation equation and equations for the turbulence kinetic energy and turbulence eddy
dissipation). The Momentum and Mass tab contains four of the plots and the other two are under Turbulence
Quantities. The residual for the smoke equation is also plotted but registers no values since it is not initialized.
6.
Upon the successful completion of the steady-state configuration, the solution of the transient configuration
starts automatically. Notice that the text output generated by the CFX-Solver in the Run Transient 001
Workspace will be more than you have seen for steady-state problems. This is because each timestep consists
of several inner (coefficient) iterations. At the end of each timestep, information about various quantities is
printed to the text output area. The residual for the smoke equation is now plotted under the Additional
Variables tab.
7.
Upon the successful completion of the transient configuration, ensure that the check box beside Post-Process
Results is cleared and click OK to close the message indicating the successful completion of the transient
solution.
8.
Upon the successful completion of the combined steady-state and transient configurations, ensure that the
check box beside Post-Process Results is cleared and click OK to close the message indicating the successful
completion of the simulation.
9.
10. From the menu bar, select Tools > Post-Process Results.
11. On the Start CFD-Post dialog box, select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager and click OK.
In CFD-Post, right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results.
2.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Isosurface, or under Location on the toolbar, click Isosurface.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Variable
smoke
Value
91
6.
Click Apply.
A bumpy surface is displayed, showing the smoke emanating from the vent.
The surface is rough because the mesh is coarse. For a smoother surface, you would re-run the problem
with a smaller mesh length scale.
The surface will be a constant color because the default settings on the Color tab were used.
When Color Mode is set to either Constant or Use Plot Variable for an isosurface, the isosurface
is displayed in one color.
In Geometry, experiment by changing the Value setting so that you can see the shape of the plume more
clearly.
Zoom in and rotate the geometry, as required.
7.
8.
Right-click a blank spot in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
2.
Load the results for a Time value of 2 s by double-clicking the appropriate row in the Timestep Selector.
After a short pause, the Current Timestep (located just below the title bar of the Timestep Selector) will be
updated with the new time step number.
3.
4.
Double-click some more time values to see how the smoke plume grows with time.
5.
Adding a Title
First, you will add text to the viewer so that the printed output has a title.
1.
Select Insert > Text from the menu bar or click Create text
2.
3.
Note
Further text will be added at a later stage to complete this title.
4.
5.
92
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Generating a Movie
6.
7.
8.
Under the Appearance tab, change Color Mode to User Specified and select a new color.
9.
Click Apply.
JPEG output
CFD-Post can save images in several different formats. In this section you will save an image in JPEG format.
1.
2.
3.
Click Browse
4.
5.
6.
To save the file, click Save on the Save Picture dialog box.
To view the file or make a hard copy, use an application that supports JPEG files.
8.
Generating a Movie
You can generate an MPEG file to show the transient flow of the plume of smoke. To generate a movie file, you
use the Animation dialog box.
1.
2.
Click Animation
3.
4.
Position the geometry so that you will be able to see the plume of smoke.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
This will be slow, since results for each timestep will be loaded and objects will be created.
93
Generating a Movie
To view the movie file, you need to use a viewer that supports the MPEG format.
Note
To explore additional animation options, click the Options button. On the Advanced tab of
Animation Options, there is a check box called Save Frames As Image Files. By selecting this
check box, the JPEG or PPM files used to encode each frame of the movie will persist after movie
creation; otherwise, they will be deleted.
15. When you have finished, quit CFD-Post.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Solving and post-processing a case where the geometry has been omitted on one side of a symmetry plane.
Using free-slip wall boundaries as a compromise between accurate flow modeling and computational grid size.
Accurately modeling the near-wall flow using Shear Stress Transport (SST) turbulence model.
Creating vector plots in CFD-Post with uniform spacing between the vectors.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
Ideal Gas
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
Heat Transfer
Isothermal
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Symmetry Plane
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Free-Slip
Timestep
CFX-Solver Manager
Parallel processing
CFD-Post
Plots
Default Locators
Outline Plot (Wireframe)
Sampling Plane
Streamline
Vector
95
Feature
Details
Volume
Other
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
BluntBody.pre
BluntBodyDist.cse
BluntBodyMesh.gtm
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
96
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create a new domain manually, later in this
tutorial.
2.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
File name
BluntBodyMesh.gtm
Click Open.
Tip
For more details, see The Shear Stress Transport (SST) (p. 61).
1.
Ensure that Flow Analysis 1 > Default Domain is deleted. If not, right-click Default Domain
and select Delete.
2.
Click Domain
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B1.P3
97
Setting
Value
Fluid 1
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Fluid 1 > Material Air Ideal Gas
Fluid Models
4.
1 [atm]
Isothermal
288 [K]
Click OK.
From the main menu, select Insert > Regions > Composite Region.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Dimension (Filter)
2D
4.
Click
beside the Region List dialog box, to display the Selection Dialog. Hold down the Ctrl key and
select Free1 and Free2.
5.
Click OK.
Inlet Boundary
1.
Click Boundary
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
Inlet
Subsonic
Normal Speed
15 [m s^-1]
Boundary Details
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
0.05a
0.1 [m]a
4.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
Outlet
Static Pressure
0 [Pa]
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
On free-slip walls the shear stress is set to zero so that the fluid is not retarded.
This boundary is an approximation that may not accurately represent the true flow conditions. By using a free-slip
wall boundary, the flow modeling will be less accurate but the computational grid size can be reduced by modeling
less of the surroundings. If this case were modeling a wind tunnel experiment, the geometry would match the size
and shape of the wind tunnel and use no-slip walls. If this case were modeling a blunt body open to the atmosphere,
a much larger domain would be used to minimize the effect of the far-field boundary, and the far-field boundary
type would be set to either a free-slip wall or a pressure-specified entrainment opening.
You will apply a single boundary to both walls by using the composite region defined earlier.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
FreeWalls
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
99
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
SymP
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
Body
No Slip Wall
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
The remaining 2D regions (in this case, just the low Z face) will be assigned the default boundary which is an
adiabatic, no-slip wall condition. In this case, the name of the default boundary is BluntBody Default. Although
the boundaries Body and BluntBody Default are identical (except for their locations), the Body boundary was
created so that, during post-processing, its location can be conveniently distinguished from the other adiabatic,
no-slip wall surfaces.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global Settings
15 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
60
Physical Timescale
2 [s]a
1e-05
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
BluntBody.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
Note
The results produced will be identical, whether produced by a parallel or serial run.
If you do not want to solve this tutorial in parallel (on more than one processor) or you do not have a license to run
the CFX-Solver in parallel, proceed to Obtaining a Solution in Serial (p. 101).
If you do not know if you have a license to run the CFX-Solver in parallel, you should either ask your system
administrator, or query the license server (see the ANSYS, Inc. Licensing Guide (which is installed with the ANSYS
License Manager) for details). Alternatively proceed to Obtaining a Solution in Serial (p. 101).
If you would like to solve this tutorial in parallel on the same machine, proceed to Obtaining a Solution with Local
Parallel (p. 102).
If you would like to solve this tutorial in parallel across different machines, proceed to Obtaining a Solution with
Distributed Parallel (p. 103).
101
2.
When CFX-Solver is finished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results.
3.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
4.
Click OK. Continue this tutorial from Viewing the Results in CFD-Post (p. 105).
Your mesh will be divided into the number of partitions that you have chosen.
The CFX-Solver runs separately on each of the partitions on the selected machine(s).
The results that one CFX-Solver process calculates affects the other CFX-Solver processes at the interface
between the different sections of the mesh.
All of the CFX-Solver processes are required to communicate with each other and this is handled by the master
process.
The master process always runs on the machine that you are logged into when the parallel run starts. The other
CFX-Solver processes are slave processes and may be run on other machines.
After the problem has been solved, a single results file is written. It will be identical to a results file from the
same problem run as a serial process, with one exception: an extra variable Real partition number will
be available for the parallel run. This variable will be used later in this tutorial during post processing.
2.
Set Run Mode to a parallel mode suitable for your configuration; for example, HP MPI Local Parallel.
This is the recommended method for most applications.
3.
5.
6.
7.
8.
When CFX-Solver is finished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results.
9.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Set Run Mode to a parallel mode suitable for your environment; for example, HP MPI Distributed
Parallel.
The name of the machine that you are currently logged into should be in the Host Name list. You are going
to run with two partitions on two different machines, so another machine must be added.
3.
The Select Parallel Hosts dialog box is displayed. This is where you choose additional machines to run
your processes.
Your system administrator should have set up a hosts file containing a list of the machines that are available
to run the parallel CFX-Solver.
The third shows the relative processor speed: a processor on a machine with a relative speed of 1 would
typically be twice as fast as a machine with a relative speed of 0.5.
This information is read from the hosts file; if any information is missing or incorrect your system
administrator should correct the hosts file.
Note
The # processors, relative speed and system information does not have to be specified to be
able to run on a host.
4.
5.
Click Add.
The name of the machine is added to the Host Name column.
Note
Ensure that the machine that you are currently logged into is in the Hosts Name list in the Define
Run dialog box.
6.
7.
8.
9.
103
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
Job Information
|
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Run mode:
partitioning run
Host computer:
Job started:
fastmachine1
Tue Jan 20 14:13:27 2009
This tells you that the information following is concerned with the partitioning. After the partitioning job has finished,
you will find:
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
Partitioning Information
|
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Partitioning information for domain: BluntBody
+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+
|
Elements
|
Vertices
|
Faces
|
+------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+
| Part |
Number
%
|
Number
%
%Ovlp | Number
%
|
+------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+
| Full |
131878
|
37048
|
11318
|
+------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+
|
1 |
67873
50.4 |
19431
50.4
4.0 |
5705
49.5 |
|
2 |
66865
49.6 |
19151
49.6
4.0 |
5820
50.5 |
+------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+
| Sum |
134738 100.0 |
38582 100.0
4.0 |
11525 100.0 |
+------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
Partitioning CPU-Time Requirements
|
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
Preparations
Low-level mesh partitioning
Global partitioning information
Element and face partitioning information
Vertex partitioning information
Partitioning information compression
Summed CPU-time for mesh partitioning
3.689E-01
5.599E-02
9.998E-03
7.999E-03
0.000E+00
0.000E+00
4.609E-01
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
Job Information
|
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
104
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
fastmachine1
Tue Jan 20 14:13:29 2009
0:
Minutes:
0.975 )
Seconds )
0:
Minutes:
2.000 )
Seconds )
This marks the end of the partitioning job. The CFX-Solver now begins to solve your parallel run:
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
Job Information
|
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Run mode:
parallel run (HP MPI Distributed Parallel)
Host computer: fastmachine1
Par. Process:
Master running on mesh partition:
1
Job started:
Thu Nov 28 15:19:20 2005
Host computer: slowermachine
Par. Process:
Slave running on mesh partition:
2
Job started:
Thu Nov 28 15:24:55 2005
The machine that you are logged into runs the master process, and controls the overall simulation. The second
machine selected will run the slave process. If you had more than two processes, each additional process is run as
a slave process.
The master process in this example is running on the mesh partition number 1 and the slave is running on partition
number 2. You can find out which nodes and elements are in each partition by using CFD-Post later on in the tutorial.
When the CFX-Solver finishes, the output file displays the job information and a pop-up message to indicate
completion of the run.
dimensionless wall distance y will be examined to make sure the mesh used in the simulation was fine enough
near the walls.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +X.
105
Click Location > Plane and set the name to Reflection Plane.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
ZX Plane
Definition > Y
0.0 [m]
Show Faces
(cleared)
Render
3.
Click Apply.
This creates a plane at y=0, the same location as the symmetry plane defined in CFX-Pre. Now the instance
transform can be created using this plane:
4.
From the main menu, select Insert > Instance Transform and accept the default name.
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Definition
(Cleared)
Apply Rotation
(Cleared)
Apply Reflection
(Selected)
Reflection Plane
Click Apply.
Under the Outline tab, in User Locations and Plots, apply the following settings to Wireframe:
Tab
Setting
Value
View
Instance Transform 1
2.
Click Apply.
3.
In this case, you created a new instance transform and applied it to the wireframe. This caused only the wireframe
object to be mirrored. If you had modified the default transform instead of creating a new one, then all graphics
(including those not yet made) would be mirrored by default.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Y.
This ensures that the changes can be seen.
2.
3.
Apply the following settings to create a sampling plane that is parallel to the ZX plane and located at x= 6 m,
y= 0.001 m and z= 1 m relative to blunt object:
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
6, -0.001, 1
0, 1, 0
Rectangular
2.5 [m]
2.5 [m]
Plane Type
Sample
20
20
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
Render
4.
Click Apply.
You can zoom in on the sampling plane to see the location of the sampling points (where lines intersect). There
are a total of 400 (20 * 20) sampling points on the plane. A vector can be created at each sampling point.
5.
Click Vector
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Sample
Vertex
Symbol Size
0.25
Symbol
3.
Click Apply.
4.
Zoom until the vector plot is roughly the same size as the viewer.
You should be able to see a region of recirculation behind the blunt body.
5.
Ignore the vertices on the sampling plane and increase the density of the vectors by applying the following
settings:
107
Setting
Value
Geometry
Equally Spaced
1000
6.
Click Apply.
7.
Change the location of the Vector plot by applying the following setting:
8.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
SymP
Click Apply.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Pressure
Instance Transform 1
View
2.
Click Apply.
3.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
Click Apply.
You will be able to see the mesh around the blunt body, with the mesh length scale decreasing near the body,
but still coarse in the region of recirculation. By zooming in, you will be able to see the layers of inflated
elements near the body.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
YZ Plane
-0.1 [m]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Moving Objects
4.
Click Apply.
5.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
The plane appears just upstream of the blunt body.
6.
7.
Click Streamline
8.
9.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Type
Surface Streamline
Body
Locations
Starter
100
Forward
Click Apply.
The surface streamlines appear on half of the surface of the blunt body. They start near the upstream end because
the starting points were formed by projecting nodes from the plane to the blunt body.
Moving Objects
In CFD-Post, you can reposition some locator objects directly in the viewer by using the mouse.
1.
2.
Select the
3.
In the viewer, click the Starter plane to select it, then use the left mouse button to drag it along the X axis.
Notice that the streamlines are redrawn as the plane moves. The rate at which the streamlines are redrawn is
dependent on your computer's speed. If the streamlines are updated infrequently, you may find it useful to
move the mouse very slowly.
One indicator of the closeness of the first node to the wall is the dimensionless wall distance y . It is good practice
+
to examine the values of y at the end of your simulation. At the lower limit, a value of y less than or equal to 11
indicates that the first node is within the laminar sublayer of the boundary flow. Values larger than this indicate that
an assumed logarithmic shape of the velocity profile is being used to model the boundary layer portion between the
wall and the first node. Ideally you should confirm that there are several nodes (3 or more) resolving the boundary
layer profile. If this is not observed, it is highly recommended that more nodes be added near the wall surfaces in
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
109
Surface Plot of y+
+
A surface plot is one which colors a surface according to the values of a variable: in this case, y . A surface plot
+
2.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Instance Transform 1
View
Footnote
1.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Instance Transform 1
View
Footnote
1.
5.
Click Apply.
Note
The CFD-Post engine can respond to CCL commands issued directly, or to commands issued using the
graphical user interface. The Command Editor dialog box can be used to enter any valid CCL command
directly.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
110
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -X.
3.
4.
Type the following line into the Command Editor dialog box (the quotation marks and the semi-colon are
required):
!BluntBodyDist("Velocity u");
5.
Click Process.
The minimum, maximum and average values of the variable at each X location are written to the file
BluntBody.txt. The results can be viewed by opening the file in a text editor.
2.
The two Isosurfaces show the edges of the two partitions. The gap between the two plots shows the overlap nodes.
These were contained in both partitions 1 and 2.
When you have finished looking at the results, quit CFD-Post.
111
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Transient
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
Laminar
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Buoyant Flow
Boundary Conditions
Symmetry Plane
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
Wall: Fixed Temperature
Output Control
Timestep
Transient Example
Plots
Default Locators
Chart
Report
Other
113
Feature
Details
Transient Animation
The overall approach for solving this problem is to set up a transient simulation to see how the flow develops starting
from stationary conditions. Since you are starting from stationary conditions, there is no need to solve a steady-state
simulation for use as the initial guess. You will then model the buoyant flow and create a report outlining the results
in CFD-Post. You will also create an animation to see changes in temperature with time.
The provided mesh was created in CFX-4.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
114
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Buoyancy2D.geo
Buoyancy2D.pre
2.
3.
Select File > Save Case As and set File name to Buoyancy2D.
4.
Click Save.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create a new domain manually, later in this
tutorial.
2.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
3.
Value
File name
Files of type
CFX-4 (*geo)
Footnote
1.
4.
Click Open.
Analysis Type
The default units and coordinate frame settings are suitable for this tutorial, but the analysis type needs to be set to
transient.
You will notice physics validation messages as the case is set to Transient. These errors will be fixed later in
the tutorial.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Transient
115
Setting
Value
Analysis Type > Time Duration > Total 2 [s] [1 (p. 116)]
Time
Analysis Type > Time Steps >
Timesteps
0 [s]
Footnotes
1.
The total time is the total duration, in real time, for the simulation. For this tutorial, the total
time will be set to 2 seconds since it is the time period we are interested in.
2.
In this example the simulation moves forward in 0.025 s increments until the total time is
reached. The step size was determined as a function of the temperature difference Tmax Tmin
between the top and bottom of the cavity, and the length scale of the model L scale , according
to: tg = L scale /
expansivity. For details on computing a fluid time scale estimate, see the theory guide.
3.
Click OK.
You will model the cavity as if it were tilted at an angle of 30. You can do this by specifying horizontal and vertical
components of the gravity vector, which are aligned with the default coordinate axes, as shown in the diagram
above.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Ensure that Flow Analysis 1 > Default Domain is deleted. If not, right-click Default Domain
and select Delete.
2.
Click Domain
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Primitive 3D
Fluid 1
Air at 25 C
1 [atm]
Buoyant
-4.9 [m s^-2]
-8.5 [m s^-2]
Thermal Energy
None (Laminar)
Fluid Models
Footnotes
1.
This produces a gravity vector that simulates the tilt of the cavity.
2.
Ensure that the unit setting is correct. This is just an approximate representative domain
temperature.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
WALLHOT
Temperature
75 [C]
Boundary
Details
117
Click OK.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
WALLCOLD
Temperature
5 [C]
Boundary
Details
6.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
The default adiabatic wall boundary will be applied automatically to the remaining boundaries.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global Settings
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
5 [C]
Click OK.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Option
Selected Variables
Time Interval
Footnotes
5.
1.
2.
The Time Interval option specifies the simulation time interval between the writing of each
file. The time interval will be set to 0.1 s, which is 4 times the time step that was set up earlier.
There is no need to set a smaller time interval because it does not affect the solution accuracy.
Choosing a smaller time interval would simply result in more output files.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
High Resolution
5 [1 (p. 120)]
RMS
119
Footnotes
3.
1.
The maximum coefficient loops option determines the maximum number of iterations per time
step. It is recommended to set the maximum coefficient loops to between 3 and 5. For this
tutorial, it was chosen to be 5, which ensures no net imbalance.
2.
An RMS value of at least 1.E-5 is usually required for adequate convergence, but the default
value of 1.E-4 is sufficient for demonstration purposes.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
Buoyancy2D.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
Note
Recall that the output displayed on the Out File tab of the CFX-Solver Manager is more complicated
for transient problems than for steady-state problems. Each timestep consists of several iterations, and
after the timestep, information about various quantities is printed.
1.
2.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
3.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
4.
Click OK.
Simple Report
First, you will view a report that is created with little effort:
1.
Click the Report Viewer tab. Note that the report loads with some automatically-generated statistical
information.
2.
In the Outline tree view, under Report, experiment with the various settings for Mesh Report, Physics
Report and other report objects. These settings control the report contents. On the Report Viewer tab, you
can click Refresh to see the changes to your report.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Comment
Table.
Click the 3D Viewer tab and right-click a blank area of the viewer, then select Predefined Camera > View
Towards -Z.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Apply.
The contour plot shows the temperature at the end of the simulation, since CFD-Post loads values for the last timestep
by default. You can load different timesteps using the Timestep Selector dialog box, accessible by selecting Tools
> Timestep Selector from the main menu.
Before proceeding, turn off the visibility of the contour plot.
Point Locators
Two points will be created to generate a time chart of temperature vs. time later on in this tutorial. The two points
were chosen to be located half way in between the bottom and top cavity, close to where the average temperature
is going to be.
1.
From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Point.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Apply.
Note the location of Point 1 in the viewer.
6.
Right-click the Point 1 object in the tree view and select Duplicate from the shortcut menu.
7.
8.
Right-click the Point 2 object in the tree view and select Edit from the shortcut menu.
9.
Comment
1.
2.
3.
121
Figure
Figures are CCL objects that can be used to store and switch between different views in a given viewport. By
selecting a figure, the information contained in the figure, such as the camera angle, zoom level, lighting and the
visibility setting of each object in the tree view, is applied to the active viewport and is usable in reports.
1.
2.
3.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Customized Report
2.
3.
Value
A1
Location
A2
Point 1
A3
Point 2
B1
Temperature
B2
=probe(Temperature)@Point 1
B3
=probe(Temperature)@Point 2
The table shows temperatures at the end of the simulation, since CFD-Post loads values for the last timestep by
default. You can load different timesteps using the Timestep Selector dialog box, accessible by selecting Tools >
Timestep Selector.
Customized Report
Right-click the Report object and select Refresh Preview from the shortcut menu. Look at the report in the Report
Viewer tab. Note that, in addition to the automatically-generated objects that you saw earlier when creating a simple
report, this report also includes the customized figure, time chart and table described above.
Animations
You may want to create an animation of the buoyant flow over time. Use the animation feature to see the changing
temperature field. The animation feature was used in Flow from a Circular Vent (p. 79).
Completion
When you have finished, quit CFD-Post.
123
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will set up a 2D problem in which you:
Import a mesh.
Set up appropriate boundary conditions for a free surface simulation. (Free surface simulations are more sensitive
to incorrect boundary and initial guess settings than other more basic models.)
Use mesh adaption to refine the mesh where the volume fraction gradient is greatest. (The refined mesh aids in
the development of a sharp interface between the liquid and gas.)
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Isothermal
Buoyant Flow
Multiphase
Homogeneous Model
Boundary Conditions
Inlet
Opening
Outlet
Symmetry Plane
Wall: No Slip
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Default Locators
125
Feature
Details
Isosurface
Polyline
Sampling Plane
Vector
Volume
Other
Chart Creation
Title/Text
Viewing the Mesh
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
Bump2D.pre
Bump2DExpressions.ccl
Bump2Dpatran.out
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
2.
Value
File name
Bump2Dpatran.out
Files of type
3.
Click Open.
4.
To best orient the view, right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z
from the shortcut menu.
In the Outline tree view, edit Case Options > Labels and Markers.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Settings
Show Labels
(Selected)
(Selected)
(Selected)
Click OK.
An inlet boundary where the volume fraction above the free surface is 1 for air and 0 for water, and below the
free surface is 0 for air and 1 for water.
A pressure-specified outlet boundary, where the pressure above the free surface is constant and the pressure
below the free surface is a hydrostatic distribution. This requires you to know the approximate height of the
fluid at the outlet. In this case, an analytical solution for 1D flow over a bump was used to determine the value
for DownH in Creating Expressions in CEL (p. 128). The simulation is not sensitive to the exact outlet fluid
height, so an approximation is sufficient. You will examine the effect of the outlet boundary condition in the
postprocessing section and confirm that it does not affect the validity of the results. It is necessary to specify
such a boundary condition to force the flow downstream of the bump into the supercritical regime.
127
An initial pressure field for the domain with a similar pressure distribution to that of the outlet boundary.
Either create expressions using the Expressions workspace or read in expressions from the example file provided:
Right-click Expressions, Functions and Variables > Expressions in the tree view and select
Insert > Expression.
2.
Set the name to UpH and click OK to create the upstream free surface height.
3.
4.
Use the same method to create the expressions listed in the table below. These are expressions for the downstream
free surface height, the fluid density, the buoyancy reference density, the calculated density of the fluid (density
- buoyancy reference density), the upstream volume fractions of air and water, the upstream pressure distribution,
the downstream volume fractions of air and water, and the downstream pressure distribution.
5.
Name
Definition
DownH
0.022 [m]
DenWater
DenRef
DenH
(DenWater - DenRef)
UpVFAir
step((y-UpH)/1[m])
UpVFWater
1-UpVFAir
UpPres
DenH*g*UpVFWater*(UpH-y)
DownVFAir
step((y-DownH)/1[m])
DownVFWater
1-DownVFAir
DownPres
DenH*g*DownVFWater*(DownH-y)
2.
3.
In the Import CCL dialog box, ensure that the Append option is selected.
4.
Select Bump2DExpressions.ccl.
5.
Click Open.
6.
After the file has been imported, use the Expressions tree view to view the expressions that have been created.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on. A domain named Default Domain should appear under the Simulation > Flow Analysis
1 branch.
2.
3.
Under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete Fluid 1 and create a new fluid named Air.
4.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Air
Air at 25 C
5.
6.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Water
1 [atm]
Buoyant
0 [m s^-2]
-g
0 [m s^-2]
Domain Models > Buoyancy > Buoy. Ref. Density [3 (p. 129)] DenRef
Fluid Models
(Selected)
Standard
Isothermal
25 [C]
k-Epsilon
Footnotes
7.
1.
The models selected here describe how the fluids interact. No mass transfer between the phases
occurs in this example. You do not need to model surface tension.
2.
3.
Always set Buoyancy Reference Density to the density of the least dense fluid in free surface
calculations.
4.
Click OK.
129
2.
Setting
Value
Boundary
Details
Inlet
Location
INFLOW
Normal Speed
0.26 [m s^-1]
0.05
UpH
Air
UpVFAir
Boundary Conditions
Water
UpVFWater
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Boundary
Details
3.
Outlet
Location
OUTFLOW
Subsonic
Static Pressure
DownPres
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Symmetry Boundaries
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Footnote
1.
Symmetry, which makes a 3D problem into a 2D problem, can be used when geometry and
mesh are invariant normal to the symmetry surface.
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Symmetry
BACK
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Opening
Location
TOP
Entrainment
0 [Pa]
Zero Gradient
Boundary Conditions
Air
1.0
Boundary Conditions
Water
0.0
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
131
Setting
Value
Boundary
Details
6.
Wall
Location
No Slip Wall
Smooth Wall
Click OK.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global Settings
Air
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic with Value
> Volume Fraction > Option
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions UpVFAir
> Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction
3.
Water
UpVFWater
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Activate Adaption
(Selected)
(Cleared)
Air.Volume Fraction
1.6
Number of Levels
Note
You can find descriptions of the mesh adaption process and of the parameters you are setting in
Mesh Adaption (p. 175) in the ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide. The values used here were determined
through experimentation.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
200
Multiphase Control
(Selected)
(Selected)
Coupled
133
Footnote
1.
This value is based on the time it takes the water to flow over the bump.
Note
Selecting these options on the solver control activates the Coupled Volume Fraction solution
algorithm. This algorithm typically converges better than the Segregated Volume Faction algorithm
for buoyancy-driven problems such as this tutorial. The Segregated Volume Faction algorithm
would have required a 0.05 second timescale, as compared with 0.25 seconds for the Coupled
Volume Fraction algorithm.
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
Bump2D.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
It is common for convergence in a residual sense to be difficult to obtain in a free surface simulation, due to the
presence of small waves at the surface preventing the residuals from dropping to the target level. This is more
frequently a problem in the subcritical flow regime, as the waves can travel upstream. In the supercritical regime,
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
When a dialog box appears at the end of the run, select Post-Process Results.
2.
3.
Click OK.
To best orient the view, right-click on a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View
Towards -Z.
2.
3.
In the tree view, edit Bump2D_001 > Default Domain > front.
4.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Water.Volume Fraction
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Select Insert > Location > Plane to create a new plane named Plane 1.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
XY Plane
Rectangular
0.3 [m]
0 [degree]
Plane Type
Sample
X Samples
Y Samples
40
Show Faces
(Cleared)
Render
135
Setting
Value
(Selected)
Footnotes
1.
The Plane Bounds settings overlap the plane with the wireframe. You can experiment with
other values and click Apply to see the results.
2.
The Plane Samples settings produce square elements. You can experiment with other values
and click Apply to see the results.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
6.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Plane 1
Water.Velocity
Symbol Size
0.5
Symbol
Footnote
1.
Because fluids in a free-surface calculation share the same velocity field, only the velocity of
the first non-vapor fluid is available. The other allowed velocities are superficial velocities.
For details, see Further Postprocessing (p. 140).
7.
Click Apply.
8.
9.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Air.Superficial Velocity
Symbol
Symbol Size
0.15
Normalize Symbols
(Selected)
Click Apply.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Constant
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
136
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.
Tab
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
Click Apply.
In the transition region between different levels of refinement, tetrahedral and pyramidal elements are used
because it is not possible to recreate hexahedral elements in CFX. Near the inlet, the aspect ratio of these
elements increases.
Avoid performing mesh refinement on high-aspect-ratio hex meshes as this will produce high aspect ratio
tetrahedral-elements and result in poor mesh quality.
6.
7.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Isovolume
At Value
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
User Specified
(Green)
Render
137
Footnote
1.
8.
Click Apply.
You will see a band of green, which indicates the elements that include nodes added during the first mesh
adaption.
9.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Isovolume
Refinement Level
Definition >Mode
At Value
Color
Color
White
Render
Show Faces
(Selected)
(Selected)
User Specified
(Black)
Setting
Value
Geometry
Default Domain
Mode
Variable
Variable
Refinement Level
Symbol
Cube
Symbol Size
0.02
Normalize Symbols
(Selected)
Color
Symbol
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Footnote
1.
The variable's magnitude and direction do not matter because you will change the vector
symbol to a cube with a normalized size.
2.
3.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Water.Volume Fraction
0.5
Click Apply.
Creating isosurfaces using this method is a good way to visualize a free surface in a 3D simulation.
5.
Right-click any blank area in the viewer, select Predefined Camera, then select Isometric View (Y up).
2.
3.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Method
Boundary Intersection
Boundary List
front
Intersect With
Isosurface 1
Click Apply.
A green line is displayed that follows the high-Z edge of the isosurface.
139
Further Postprocessing
2.
3.
Setting
Value
General
Title
Data Series
Name
Location
Polyline 1
X Axis
Variable
Y Axis
Variable
Line Display
Symbols
Rectangle
Click Apply.
As discussed in Creating Expressions for Initial and Boundary Conditions (p. 127), an approximate outlet elevation
is imposed as part of the boundary, even though the flow is supercritical. The chart illustrates the effect of this, in
that the water level rises just before the exit plane. It is evident from this plot that imposing the elevation does not
affect the upstream flow.
The chart shows a wiggle in the elevation of the free surface interface at the inlet. This is related to an
over-specification of conditions at the inlet because both the inlet velocity and elevation were specified. For a
subcritical inlet, only the velocity or the total energy should be specified. The wiggle is due to a small inconsistency
between the specified elevation and the elevation computed by the solver to obtain critical conditions at the bump.
The wiggle is analogous to one found if pressure and velocity were both specified at a subsonic inlet in a
converging-diverging nozzle with choked flow at the throat.
Further Postprocessing
You may want to create some plots using the <Fluid>.Superficial Velocity variables. This is the fluid
volume fraction multiplied by the fluid velocity and is sometimes called the volume flux. It is useful to use this
variable for vector plots in separated multiphase flow, as you will only see a vector where a significant amount of
that phase exists.
Tip
You can right-click on an existing vector plot and select a new vector variable.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using the Shear Stress Transport turbulence model to accurately resolve flow around a wing surface.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
Heat Transfer
Total Energy
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Supersonic)
Outlet (Supersonic)
Symmetry Plane
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
Wall: Free-Slip
CFD-Post
Domain Interfaces
Timestep
Maximum Timescale
Plots
Contour
Vector
Other
141
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
WingSPSMesh.out
WingSPS.pre
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
2.
Value
Files of type
PATRAN Neutral
File name
WingSPSMesh.out
3.
Click Open.
4.
To best orient the view, right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric
View (Y up) from the shortcut menu.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on. A domain named Default Domain should now appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
WING ELEMENTS
Fluid 1
1 [atm]
Fluid Models
Footnotes
1.
When using an ideal gas, it is important to set an appropriate reference pressure because some
properties depend on the absolute pressure level.
143
3.
The Total Energy model is appropriate for high-speed flows because it includes kinetic energy
effects.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
INLET
Supersonic
600 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [Pa]
0.01
0.02 [m]
300 [K]
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
OUTLET
Supersonic
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Location
SIDE1
Footnote
1.
Symmetry, which can make a 3D problem into a 2D problem, can be used when geometry and
mesh are invariant normal to the symmetry surface.
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
SIDE2
6.
Click OK.
7.
8.
9.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
BOTTOM
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
TOP
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
145
Setting
Value
Location
Footnote
1.
3.
If particular items do not appear in the drop-down list, click the Ellipsis
available items.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
Footnote
1.
3.
If particular items do not appear in the drop-down list, click the Ellipsis
available items.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Global Settings Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option
Automatic with
Value
600 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Automatic with
Value
300 [K]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
(Selected)
0.1 [s]
1.0e-05
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
WingSPS.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
3.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
4.
Click OK.
147
To best orient the view, select View Towards -Z by typing Shift +Z.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
SymP2
Variable
Mach Number
Range
User Specified
Min
Max
# of Contours
21
5.
Click Apply.
6.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
SymP2
Variable
Pressure
Range
Global
3.
Click Apply.
4.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
SymP2
Variable
Temperature
Range
Global
Click Apply.
The contour shows that the temperature at the wing's leading edge is approximately 180 K higher than the inlet
temperature.
4.
2.
Setting
Value
Variable 1
Vector
(Selected)
X Expression
(Pressure+101325[Pa])*Normal X
Y Expression
(Pressure+101325[Pa])*Normal Y
Z Expression
(Pressure+101325[Pa])*Normal Z
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
WingSurface
Variable
Variable 1
Symbol Size
0.04
Symbol
6.
Click Apply.
7.
149
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Creating a fully developed inlet velocity profile using the CFX Expression Language
Animating particle tracks in CFD-Post to trace sand particles through the domain
Performing quantitative calculation of average static pressure in CFD-Post on the outlet boundary.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
None
Particle Tracking
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Profile)
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Symmetry Plane
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Rough
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Animation
Default Locators
Particle Track
151
Feature
Details
Point
Slice Plane
Other
Flows can contain particulates that affect the flow and cause erosion to pipe and valve components. You can use
the particle-tracking capability of CFX to simulate these effects.
In this example, water flows at 5 m/s through a 20 mm radius pipe that has a rough internal surface. The velocity
profile is assumed to be fully developed at the pipe inlet. The flow, which is controlled by a butterfly valve set at
an angle of 55 to the vertical axis, contains sand particles ranging in size from 50 to 500 microns. The equivalent
sand grain roughness is 0.2 mm.
The reference temperature is 300 K; the reference pressure is 1 atm.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
PipeValveMesh.gtm
PipeValve.pre
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > CFX Mesh. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
PipeValveMesh.gtm
Click Open.
153
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Material Group
Particle Solids
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
Material Properties
Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State 2300 [kg m^-3] [1 (p. 154)]
> Density
Thermodynamic Properties > Specific Heat
Capacity
(Selected)
Footnotes
1.
2.
This value is not used because heat transfer is not modeled in this tutorial.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Under Materials, right-click Sand Fully Coupled and select Duplicate from the shortcut menu.
5.
6.
Sand One Way Coupled is created with properties identical to Sand Fully Coupled.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on. A domain named Default Domain should appear under the Simulation > Flow Analysis
1 branch.
2.
3.
Under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete Fluid 1 and click Add new item
materials named Water, Sand Fully Coupled, and Sand One Way Coupled.
4.
Apply the following settings, which are taken from the problem description:
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Water
Water
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled Sand Fully Coupled
[1 (p. 156)]
> Material
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled Particle Transport Solid
> Morphology > Option
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled (Selected)
> Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled Normal in Diameter by
> Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Mass
Option
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled 50e-6 [m]
> Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution >
Minimum Diameter
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled 500e-6 [m]
> Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution >
Maximum Diameter
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled 250e-6 [m]
> Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution >
Mean Diameter
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Sand Fully Coupled 70e-6 [m]
> Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution >
Std. Deviation
Fluid and Particle Definitions
(Selected)
Normal in Diameter by
Mass
[2 (p. 156)]
155
Fluid Models
Fluid Specific
Models
Setting
Value
50e-6 [m]
500e-6 [m]
250e-6 [m]
70e-6 [m]
1 [atm]
None
Fluid
Finnie
Fluid > Sand Fully Coupled > Erosion Model > Vel. 2.0
Power Factor
Fluid > Sand Fully Coupled > Erosion Model >
Reference Velocity
1 [m s^-1]
(Selected)
Fluid > Sand One Way Coupled > Erosion Model Finnie
> Option
Fluid > Sand One Way Coupled > Erosion Model 2.0
> Vel. Power Factor
Fluid > Sand One Way Coupled > Erosion Model 1 [m s^-1]
> Reference Velocity
Footnotes
5.
1.
2.
3.
The turbulence model applies only to the continuous phase and not the particle phases.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Water | Sand Fully
Coupled
Fluid Pairs > Water | Sand Fully Coupled > Particle Fully Coupled
Coupling
Fluid Pairs >Water | Sand Fully Coupled >
Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Option
Fluid Pair
One-way Coupling
Schiller Naumann
Footnote
1.
6.
The Schiller Naumann drag model is appropriate for sparsely-distributed, solid spherical
particles.
Click OK.
U = Wmax
r 7
R max
(Eq. 11.1)
where Wmax is the pipe centerline velocity, R max is the pipe radius, and r is the distance from the pipe centerline.
You can create a non-uniform (profile) boundary condition by doing one of the following:
Creating an expression using CEL that describes the inlet profile. Using a CEL expression is the easiest way to
create the profile.
Creating a User CEL Function that uses a user subroutine (linked to the CFX-Solver during execution) to describe
the inlet profile. The User CEL Function method is more complex, but is provided here as an example of how
to use this feature.
Loading a BC profile file (a file that contains boundary condition profile data).
Profiles created from data files are not used in this tutorial, but are used in the tutorial Flow in a Process Injection
Mixing Pipe (p. 67).
Note
For complex profiles, it may be necessary to use a User CEL Function or a BC profile file.
Use a CEL expression to define the velocity profile for the inlet boundary:
157
1.
and create the following expressions using Equation 11.1 (p. 157) and values from
Name
Definition
Rmax
20 [mm]
Wmax
5 [m s^-1]
Wprof
Wmax*(abs(1-r/Rmax)^0.143)
In the definition of Wprof, the variable r (radius) is a CFX System Variable defined as:
r = x 2+y 2
(Eq. 11.2)
In this equation, x and y are defined as directions 1 and 2 (X and Y for Cartesian coordinate frames) respectively,
in the selected reference coordinate frame.
2.
Continue with the tutorial at Creating the Boundary Conditions (p. 158).
2.
Apply the following settings, using values from the problem description:
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
inlet
Fluid Values
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Boundary Conditions
[2 (p. 159)]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle Direct Specification
Position > Number of Positions > Option
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle 200
Position > Number of Positions > Number
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle 0.01 [kg s^-1]
Mass Flow > Mass Flow Rate
Boundary Conditions
(Selected)
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Uniform Injection
Direct Specification
5000
[3 (p. 159)]
Footnotes
3.
1.
to enter Wprof.
2.
Do not select Particle Diameter Distribution. The diameter distribution was defined when
creating the domain; this option would override those settings for this boundary only.
3.
Instead of manually specifying the same velocity profile as the fluid, you can also select the
Zero Slip Velocity option.
4.
Click OK.
One-way coupled particles are tracked as a function of the fluid flow field. The latter is not influenced by the one-way
coupled particles. The fluid flow will therefore be influenced by the 0.01 [kg s^-1] flow of two-way coupled particles,
but not by the 0.01 [kg s^-1] flow of one-way coupled particles.
Outlet Boundary
1.
2.
159
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
outlet
3.
Subsonic
0 [Pa]
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Location
symP
Footnote
1.
3.
Symmetry can be used when geometry and mesh are invariant normal to the symmetry surface.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic
Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
pipe wall
Boundary
Details
Rough Wall
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Velocity > Restitution Coefficient
Option
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Velocity > 0.8 [2 (p. 161)]
Perpendicular Coeff.
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Velocity > 1
Parallel Coeff.
Footnotes
1.
From the problem description. Make sure that you change the units to millimeters. The thickness
of the first element should be of the same order as the roughness height.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
160
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Apply the same setting values for Sand One Way Coupled as for Sand Fully Coupled.
4.
Click OK.
In the Outline tree view, edit the boundary named Default Domain Default.
2.
Setting
Value
Fluid Values
Boundary Conditions
Footnote
1.
3.
This value would typically come from experimental or reference data. For this tutorial, the
pipe wall and butterfly valve are considered to be made of different materials, so their
perpendicular coefficients are different.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global Settings
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Wprof
Click OK.
2.
161
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
High Resolution
Particle Control
(Selected)
(Selected)
Footnote
1.
This value controls the number of mesh elements a particle is allowed to cross and therefore
must take into account the size and density of the mesh.
Note
The numeric values in the preceding table are all designed to put a high upper limit on the amount
of processing that will be done. For example, the tracking time of 10 seconds would allow a particle
to get caught in an eddy for a reasonable amount of time.
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
PipeValve.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Ensure the Define Run dialog box is displayed and click Start Run.
2.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
3.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
4.
Click OK.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Range
User Specified
Min
Max
Footnotes
3.
1.
2.
This range is used to gain a better resolution of the wall shear stress values around the edge
of the valve surfaces.
Click Apply.
As can be seen, the highest values occur on the edges of the valve where most particles strike. Erosion of the
low Z side of the valve would occur more quickly than for the high Z side.
Ensure that the check box next to Res PT for Sand Fully Coupled is cleared.
2.
Ensure that the check box next to Default Domain Default is cleared.
3.
4.
163
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Range
User Specified
Min
Max
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Optionally, fill the check box next to Default Domain Default to see how sand particles have deflected
off the butterfly valve then to the pipe wall.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Max Tracks
20 [1 (p. 164)]
Footnote
1.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
Right-click on a blank area anywhere in the viewer, select Predefined Camera from the shortcut menu and
select View Towards +X to view the particle track.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Show Symbols
(Selected)
0 [s]
0 [s]
0.07 [s]
Ball
Symbol
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
1.2
4.
5.
Click Apply.
Symbols are placed at the start of each track.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Y up) from the
shortcut menu.
2.
Right-click an edge of the flat side on the half cylinder and select Reflect/Mirror from the shortcut menu.
Click X Axis to choose it as the normal direction.
Note
Alternatively, you can apply Reflect/Mirror, by double-clicking Default Domain to open up
the Details panel. In the Instancing tab enable Apply Reflection and select Method to YZ Plane.
Click Apply.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Options to display the Animation Options dialog box, then clear Override Symbol Settings to ensure
the symbol type and size are kept at their specified settings for the animation playback. Click OK.
Note
The arrow pointing downward in the bottom right corner of the Animation Window will reveal the
Options button if it is not immediately visible.
7.
Select Loop.
8.
9.
165
Note
You should use Conservative variable values when performing calculations and Hybrid values for
visualization purposes. Conservative values are set by default in CFD-Post but you can manually
change the setting for each variable in the Variables Workspace, or the settings for all variables by
using the Function Calculator. For details, see Hybrid and Conservative Variable Values (p. 165)
in the ANSYS CFX Reference Guide.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Calculate.
The result is the maximum value of pressure at the outlet.
6.
Perform the calculation again using minVal to obtain the minimum pressure at the outlet.
7.
Other Features
The geometry was created using a symmetry plane. In addition to the Reflect/Mirror option from the shortcut
menu, you also can display the other half of the geometry by creating a YZ Plane at X = 0 and then editing the
Default Transform object to use this plane as a reflection plane.
When you have finished viewing the results, quit CFD-Post.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Joining meshes together using static fluid-fluid domain interfaces between the inlet/outlet flanges and the central
catalyst body.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Domain Type
Fluid Type
Ideal Gas
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Isothermal
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall: No-Slip
Domain Interfaces
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Contour
Default Locators
Outline Plot (Wireframe)
Polyline
Slice Plane
Vector
167
Feature
Details
Other
Chart Creation
Data Export
Title/Text
Viewing the Mesh
In this tutorial, you will model a catalytic converter in order to determine the pressure drop through it when air
enters the inlet at 25 m/s, and exits the outlet at a static pressure of 1 atm. For simplicity, you will not model chemical
reactions. Assume that the catalytic converter contains isothermal air at a temperature of 600 K.
You are provided with a mesh for the passageways inside a pipe-and-flange structure. You will use this mesh, and
a copy of it, to model the pipe and flange portions of the flow field, at both ends of the catalytic converter.
For the housing, you are provided with a hexahedral mesh that was created in ICEM-Hexa. This mesh fills the entire
3D volume of the housing.
To model the presence of the honeycomb structure that exists in the housing, you will model porosity and apply
resistance to the flow. The honeycomb structure has a porosity of 70%, which means that 70% of the total volume
is available for fluid flow, and the other 30% is occupied by the solid material that comprises the honeycomb
structure. The honeycomb structure is lined up with the flow, so that the flow cannot travel in the transverse direction.
To model resistance to the flow, you will apply a streamwise quadratic resistance coefficient of 650 kg m^-4. To
prevent any significant transverse flow, apply a quadratic resistance coefficient of 6500 kg m^-4 in the transverse
direction. These given resistance coefficients are based on the superficial flow velocity, rather than the true flow
velocity.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
CatConvHousing.hex
CatConvMesh.gtm
CatConv.pre
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Next you will import the catalyst housing and a generic inlet/outlet section from provided files.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
169
3.
4.
Value
Files of type
All Types(*)
Mesh Format
ICEM CFD
cm
File name
CatConvHousing.hex
Click Open.
Later in this tutorial, you will create a porous domain for the housing in order to simulate flow through a honeycomb
structure.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CatConvMesh.gtm
Click Open.
You now have a pipe and flange on the outlet end of the housing. In the next step, you will create a transformed
copy of the pipe and flange for the inlet end.
2.
Value
Transformation
Rotation
Rotation Option
Rotation Axis
From
0, 0, 0.16
To
Specified
Rotation Angle
180 [degree]
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
170
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Value
Multiple Copies
(Selected)
Footnote
1.
3.
This specifies an axis located at the center of the housing parallel to the y-axis.
Click OK.
Later in this tutorial, you will create a fluid domain for both pipe and flange sections.
Create two similar domains: one that applies to B1.P3, and one that applies to B1.P3 2.
Create one domain that applies to one composite region, the latter referring to B1.P3 and B1.P3 2.
For demonstration purposes, you will create a composite region and use it as the location for a single fluid domain.
Create a single region that includes both pipe-flange regions:
1.
Create a new composite region by selecting Insert > Regions > Composite Region.
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Dimension (Filter)
3D
Region List
B1.P3, B1.P3 2
Click OK.
Ensure that no default domain is present under Flow Analysis 1. If a default domain is present, right-click
it and select Delete.
2.
3.
4.
Click OK.
5.
Apply the following settings (the values are taken from the problem description):
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
CatConverter
Fluid Domain
Fluid 1
171
Setting
Value
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Fluid 1 > Material Air Ideal Gas
Fluid Models
6.
1 [atm]
Isothermal
600 [K]
Click OK.
= KQ U U i
(Eq. 12.1)
where KQ is the quadratic resistance coefficient, U i is the local velocity in the i direction, and
drop gradient in the i direction.
1.
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
p
is the pressure
xi
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Porous Domain
Fluid 1
1 [atm]
Value
0.7
Directional Loss
Porosity
Settings
Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Direction > Cartesian Components
Option
Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Direction > 0
X Component
Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Direction > 0
Y Component
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
(Selected)
Fluid Models
10 [3 (p. 173)]
Isothermal
600 [K]
Footnotes
5.
1.
2.
Superficial velocity is the velocity at which the flow would travel if the porosity of the domain
were 100%. It is less than the true velocity.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
PipeEnd 2
Boundary Details
[1 (p. 173)]
Footnotes
3.
1.
2.
Click OK.
173
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
PipeEnd
Static Pressure
0 [Pa]
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
The remaining outer surfaces are automatically assigned to the default (no slip wall) boundaries: Housing
Default and Pipes Default.
Create a new domain interface by selecting Insert > Domain Interface, or click Domain Interface
2.
In the Insert Domain Interface dialog box, set the name to InletSide.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Porous
Pipes
FlangeEnd 2
Housing
INLET
GGI
5.
Click OK.
6.
Create a similar domain interface named OutletSide that connects FlangeEnd (in domain Pipes) to
OUTLET (in domain Housing).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
The cross sectional area of the inlet and housing, which can be determined using the function calculator in
CFD-Post: 0.001913 m^2 and 0.024039 m^2 respectively
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Global Settings Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Automatic with Value
Components > Option
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity 0 [m s^-1]
Components > U
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity 0 [m s^-1]
Components > V
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity -2.8 [m s^-1]
Components > W
3.
Click OK.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Physical Timescale
Click OK.
175
2.
Setting
Value
Discretization
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CatConv.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
3.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
When CFD-Post opens, if you see the Domain Selector dialog box, ensure that both domains are selected, then
click OK.
2.
3.
Set Edge Angle to 10 [degree] and click Apply to see more of the mesh surface.
4.
Turn off the visibility of User Locations and Plots > Wireframe.
5.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
In the Outline tree view, four interface sides are listed. There are two sides to the interface between the housing
and the inlet. Similarly, there are two sides to the corresponding interface on the outlet side.
Examine the interface on the inlet side to see the nature of the GGI connection:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
User Specified
(Red)
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
User Specified
(Green)
6.
Click Apply.
7.
You can now see the tetrahedral/prism and hexahedral mesh on each side of the GGI interface. This interface was
used to produce a connection between dissimilar meshes before the solution was calculated. Notice that there are
more tetrahedral/prism elements than hexahedral elements and that the extent of the two meshes is not quite the
same (this is most noticeable on the curved edges).
177
2.
Turn off the visibility of Pipes > InletSide Side 1 and Housing > InletSide Side 2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Y.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
ZX Plane
Definition > Y
0.0 [m]
Mode
Variable
Variable
Pressure
Color
4.
Click Apply.
Creating a Polyline
Later in this tutorial, you will make a chart that plots data from a polyline.
The Method used to create the polyline can be From File, Boundary Intersection, or From Contour.
If you select From File, you must specify a file containing point definitions in the required format.
In this tutorial, you will use the Boundary Intersection method. This creates a polyline from the intersecting
line between a boundary object and a location (for example, between a wall and a plane). The points on the polyline
are where the intersecting line cuts through a surface mesh edge.
You will be able to see the polyline following the intersecting line between the wall, inlet and outlet boundaries
and the slice plane.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Method
Boundary Intersection
Boundary List
Color
Render
Intersect With
Plane 1
Mode
Constant
Color
(Yellow)
Line Width
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating Plots
Footnote
1.
3.
Click Apply.
Creating Plots
In this section, you will make plots on the slice plane and polyline locators.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
Plane 1
Variable
Pressure
Range
Global
# of Contours
30 [1 (p. 179)]
(Cleared)
Render
Footnote
1.
4.
Determined by experiment.
Click Apply.
From the contour plot, you can see that the pressure falls steadily through the main body of the catalytic
converter.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
Plane 1
Symbol
Symbol Size
0.1
Normalize Symbols
(Selected)
Click Apply.
Notice that the flow separates from the walls, where the inlet pipe expands into the flange, setting up a recirculation
zone. The flow is uniform through the catalyst housing.
179
2.
Setting
Value
General
Title
Data Series
Name
Pressure Drop
Polyline 1
X Axis
Y Axis
Pressure
Line Display
None
Rectangle
Chart Display
3.
Click Apply.
Through the main body of the catalytic converter you can see that the pressure drop is linear. This is in the
region from approximately Z=0.06 to Z=0.26. The two lines show the pressure on each side of the wall. You
can see a noticeable difference in pressure between the two walls on the inlet side of the housing (at around
Z=0.26).
4.
If required, in the Outline tree view, select Contour 1, Polyline 1, and Vector 1.
5.
Click the 3D Viewer tab, then right-click a blank area and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Y.
You should now see that the flow enters the housing from the inlet pipe at a slight angle, producing a higher
pressure on the high X wall of the housing.
2.
Setting
Value
Options
Locations
Polyline 1
Select Variables
Pressure
Precision
Formatting
Footnote
1.
180
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click Save.
The file export.csv will be written to the current working directory in a comma-separated variable format.
This file can be opened in any text editor. You can use the exported data file to plot charts in other software
such as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
4.
181
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using the Moving Wall feature to apply a rotation to the fluid at a wall boundary.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
Laminar
Heat Transfer
None
Boundary Conditions
Symmetry Plane
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Moving
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Sampling Plane
Vector
Background Theory
A Newtonian fluid is a fluid for which shear stress is linearly proportional to shear-strain rate, with temperature
held constant. For such a fluid, the dynamic viscosity is constant and equal to the shear stress divided by the
shear-strain rate.
A non-Newtonian fluid is a fluid for which the shear stress in not linearly proportional to the shear-strain rate. For
such fluids, the apparent viscosity is the ratio of shear stress to shear-strain rate for a given shear-strain rate.
A shear-thickening fluid is a type of non-Newtonian fluid for which the apparent viscosity increases with increasing
shear-strain rate.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
183
This tutorial involves a shear thickening fluid that obeys the Ostwald de Waele model between apparent viscosity
and shear-strain rate:
= K ( ) n 1
(Eq. 13.1)
where is the apparent viscosity, K is the viscosity consistency, is the shear-strain rate, is a normalizing time
constant, and n is the Power Law index. Note that the units for K are not tied to the value of n because the quantity
in parentheses is dimensionless.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
The shear-thickening liquid that is used in this tutorial obeys the Ostwald de Waele model with a viscosity consistency
of 10.0 kg m-1 s-1, a Power Law index of 1.5, and a time constant of 1 s. This model is assumed to be valid for
shear-strain rates ranging from 1.0E-3 s-1 to 100 s-1. The fluid has a density of 1.0E4 kg m-3. The viscosity is plotted
over this range in Figure 13.2, Apparent Viscosity of a Shear-thickening Fluid (p. 184).
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
NonNewton.pre
NonNewtonMesh.gtm
185
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create a new domain manually, later in this
tutorial.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
File name
NonNewtonMesh.gtm
Click Open.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
Liquid
(Selected)
Material Properties
Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Option Non Newtonian Model
a
This is not the correct value for molar mass, but this property is not used by CFX-Solver in this case. In other cases it might be used.
3.
Apply the following settings under Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Non Newtonian Viscosity
Model:
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
186
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.
Setting
Value
Option
Ostwald de Waele
Viscosity Consistency
0.001 [s^-1]
100 [s^-1]
Time Constant
1 [s]
1.5
Click OK.
Ensure that Flow Analysis 1 > Default Domain is deleted. If not, right-click Default Domain
and select Delete.
2.
Click Domain
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Location
B8
Fluid 1
4.
None
None (Laminar)
Click OK.
187
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
rotwall
No Slip Wall
(Selected)
Rotating Wall
Coordinate Axis
Global Z
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
SymP1
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
SymP2
Click OK.
The outer annulus surfaces will default to the no-slip stationary wall boundary.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global
Settings
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
1.0a
50
RMS
1e-05b
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
NonNewton.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
189
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
3.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z from the shortcut
menu.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
0, 0, 0.015a
0, 0, 1
Circular
0.3 [m]
Plane Type
Sample
32
24
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
User Specified
Line Color
Render
This is the point on the axis of the inner pipe, in the middle of the domain in the Z-direction.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click Apply.
5.
Examine the sample plane. The sample points are located at the line intersections. Note that many of the sample
points are outside the domain. Only those points that are in the domain are usable for positioning vectors in a
vector plot.
6.
7.
8.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Plane 1
Vertexa
Reduction Factor
1.0b
Velocity
(Selected)c
Symbol Size
3d
Symbol
a
This causes the vectors to be located at the nodes of the sample plane you created previously. Note that the vectors can alternatively be
spaced using other options that do not require a sample plane. For details, see Sampling (p. 92).
b
A reduction factor of 1.0 causes no reduction in the number of vectors so that there will be one vector per sample point.
c
The hybrid values are modified at the boundaries for post-processing purposes. For details, see Hybrid and Conservative Variable Values
(p. 165).
d
Because CFD-Post normalizes the size of the vectors based on the largest vector, and because of the large variation of velocity in this
case, the smallest velocity vectors would normally be too small to see clearly.
9.
Click Apply.
In CFX-Pre, you created a shear-thickening liquid that obeys the Ostwald de Waele model for shear-strain rates
ranging from 1.0E-3 s-1 to 100 s-1. The values of dynamic viscosity, which are a function of the shear-strain rate,
were calculated as part of the solution. You can post-process the solution using these values, which are stored in
the Dynamic Viscosity variable. For example, you can use this variable to color graphics objects.
Color Plane 1 using the Dynamic Viscosity variable:
1.
2.
Edit Plane 1.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Dynamic Viscosity
Show Faces
(Selected)
Render
4.
Click Apply
Try plotting Shear Strain Rate on the same plane. Note that the distribution is somewhat different than that
of Dynamic Viscosity, as a consequence of the non-linear relationship (see Figure 13.2, Apparent Viscosity
of a Shear-thickening Fluid (p. 184)).
When you have finished, quit CFD-Post.
191
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using a Frozen Rotor interface between the rotor and stator domains.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
Turbo Wizard
Analysis Type
Steady State
Transient
Fluid Type
Ideal Gas
Domain Type
Multiple Domain
Rotating Frame of Reference
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Total Energy
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
Domain Interfaces
Frozen Rotor
Periodic
193
Feature
Details
Transient Rotor Stator
Timestep
Restart
Parallel Processing
CFD-Post
Plots
Animation
Isosurface
Surface Group
Turbo Post
Other
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
The geometry to be modeled consists of a single stator blade passage and two rotor blade passages. This is an
approximation to the full geometry since the ratio of rotor blades to stator blades is close to, but not exactly, 2:1.
In the stator blade passage a 6 section is being modeled (360/60 blades), while in the rotor blade passage, a 6.372
section is being modeled (2*360/113 blades). This produces a pitch ratio at the interface between the stator and
rotor of 0.942. As the flow crosses the interface, it is scaled to allow this type of geometry to be modeled. This
results in an approximation of the inflow to the rotor passage. Furthermore, the flow across the interface will not
appear continuous due to the scaling applied.
You should always try to obtain a pitch ratio as close to 1 as possible in your model to minimize approximations,
but this must be weighed against computational resources. A full machine analysis can be performed (modeling all
rotor and stator blades) which will always eliminate any pitch change, but will require significant computational
time. For this rotor/stator geometry, a 1/4 machine section (28 rotor blades, 15 stator blades) would produce a pitch
change of 1.009, but this would require a model about 15 times larger than in this tutorial example.
In this example, the rotor rotates about the Z-axis at 523.6 rad/s while the stator is stationary. Periodic boundaries
are used to allow only a small section of the full geometry to be modeled.
The important parameters of this problem are:
195
The overall approach to solving this problem is to first define the Frozen Rotor simulation using the Turbomachinery
wizard. The mesh for the rotor created in CFX-TASCflow will then be imported and combined with a second mesh
(the stator), which was created using CFX-Mesh. The results will be viewed using the Turbo-Post feature. The
existing Frozen Rotor simulation will then be modified to define the transient Rotor-Stator simulation. The transient
Rotor-Stator simulation will be performed using the steady-state Frozen Rotor as an initial guess. Finally, a transient
animation showing domain movement will be created in CFD-Post.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
Axial.pre
AxialIni.pre
AxialIni_001.res
rotor.grd
stator.gtm
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
196
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Basic Settings
1.
2.
Click Next.
Component Definition
Two new components are required. As they are created, meshes are imported.
1.
Right-click in the blank area and select Add Component from the shortcut menu.
2.
3.
Value
stator.gtma
You may have to select the CFX Mesh (*gtm *cfx) option under Files of type.
4.
5.
Value
rotor.grda
You may have to select the CFX-TASCflow (*grd) option under Files of Type.
Note
The components must be ordered as above (stator then rotor) in order for the interface to be created
correctly. The order of the two components can be changed by right-clicking on S1 and selecting
Move Component Up.
When a component is defined, Turbo Mode will automatically select a list of regions that correspond to certain
boundary types. This information should be reviewed in the Region Information section to ensure that all is
correct. This information will be used to help set up boundary conditions and interfaces. The upper case turbo
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
197
Physics Definition
regions that are selected (e.g., HUB) correspond to the region names in the CFX-TASCflow grd file.
CFX-TASCflow turbomachinery meshes use these names consistently.
6.
7.
Set Passages and Alignment > Passages/Mesh > Passages per Mesh to 2.
8.
9.
Physics Definition
In this section, you will set properties of the fluid domain and some solver parameters.
1.
Setting
Value
Physics
Definition
Fluid
Steady State
0.25 [atm]
Total Energy
k-Epsilon
0 [atm]
340 [K]
Per Component
Normal to Boundary
Frozen Rotor
High Resolution
Physical Timescale
0.002 [s]a
This time scale is approximately equal to 1 / , which is often appropriate for rotating machinery applications.
2.
Click Next.
Interface Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate interfaces using the region names presented previously in the Region
Information section. In this case, you should see that a periodic interface has been generated for both the rotor and
the stator. These are required when modeling a small section of the true geometry. An interface is also required to
connect the two components together across the frame change.
1.
2.
Click Next.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Boundary Definition
Boundary Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate boundary conditions using the region names presented previously in the
Region Information section. In this case, you should see a list of boundary conditions that have been generated.
They can be edited or deleted in the same way as the interface connections that were set up earlier.
1.
2.
Click Next.
Final Operations
1.
2.
Click Finish.
After you click Finish, a dialog box appears stating that the Turbo report will not be included in the solver file
because you are entering General Mode.
3.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
AxialIni.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
199
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
4.
Click OK.
When you are finished, proceed to Viewing the Frozen Rotor Results in CFD-Post (p. 200).
Set Run Mode to a parallel mode suitable for your environment; for example, HP MPI Local Parallel.
2.
4.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
5.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
6.
Click OK.
When you are finished, proceed to Viewing the Frozen Rotor Results in CFD-Post (p. 200).
Set Run Mode to a parallel mode suitable for your environment; for example, HP MPI Distributed
Parallel.
One partition should already be assigned to the host that you are logged into.
2.
3.
In Select Parallel Hosts, select another host name (this should be a machine that you can log into using the
same user name).
4.
5.
6.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
7.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
8.
Click OK.
Initializing Turbo-Post
When initializing turbo components, span, a (axial), r (radial), and Theta coordinates are generated for each
component. Therefore, after entering the Turbo workspace and initializing the turbo components, you will be ready
to start using the turbo-specific features offered in the Turbo workspace immediately. These features include Turbo
Tree View, Turbo Surface, Turbo Line and Turbo Plots. For details see Turbo Workspace (p. 185)
To initialize Turbo-Post, the properties of each component must be set up. This includes information about the inlet,
outlet, hub, shroud, blade, and periodic regions. It also includes information about the number of instances of each
turbo component needed to represent the full geometry around the rotation axis, and the number of blade passages
in the mesh for each turbo component.
1.
200
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box,
you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible
initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view.
2.
Click Yes.
In this case, the initialization works without problems. If there was a problem initializing a component, this
would likely be indicated in the tree view.
From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Surface Group.
2.
Click OK.
The default name is accepted.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Pressure
4.
Click Apply.
5.
6.
7.
Setting
Value
3D View
R1
8.
Click Apply.
9.
Setting
Value
3D View
S1
201
Note
The session file creates a new simulation named Axial.cfx and will not modify the existing database.
It also copies the required initial values file from the examples directory to the current working directory.
2.
3.
Note
Rotational Speed = 523.6 rad/s
Rotor Pitch Modeled = 2 ( 2 rad/ 113) 0.1112 rad
Time to pass through 1 pitch ( 0.1112 rad) / ( 523.6 rad/s ) 2.124 e 4 s
Since 10 time steps are used over this interval each time step should be 2.124e-5 s.
1.
2.
Click Next.
Component Definition is displayed.
3.
Click Next.
Physics Definition is displayed.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
202
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Physics
Definition
Fluid
Transient
2.124e-4 [s]a
2.124e-5 [s]b
Note
A transient rotor-stator calculation often runs through more than one pitch. In these cases, it may
be useful to look at variable data averaged over the time interval required to complete 1 pitch. You
can then compare data for each pitch rotation to see if a steady state has been achieved, or if the
flow is still developing.
5.
Click Next.
A warning message is displayed.
6.
Click Yes.
Interface Definition is displayed.
7.
Click Next.
Boundary Definition is displayed.
8.
Click Next.
Final Operations is displayed.
9.
2.
3.
4.
Option
Selected Variables
203
Time Interval
2.124e-5 [s]
5.
Click OK.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Run Definition
Axial.defa
You do not need to set the path unless you are planning on saving the solver file somewhere other than the working directory.
3.
Confirm that the rest of the execution control settings are set appropriately.
4.
Click OK.
Click Yes.
3.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
Serial Solution
If you do not have a license, or do not want to run CFX in parallel, you can run it in serial. Solution time in serial
is similar to the first part of this tutorial.
1.
2.
Under Initial Values Specification > Initial Values, select Initial Values 1.
3.
Under Initial Values Specification > Initial Values > Initial Values 1 Settings > File Name, click Browse
.
4.
5.
Click Open.
6.
Under Initial Values Specification > Use Mesh From, select Solver Input File.
7.
204
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parallel Solution
8.
When CFX-Solver is finished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results.
9.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
10. Click OK. Continue this tutorial from Monitoring the Run (p. 205).
Parallel Solution
Follow the first 6 steps of the serial procedure above (in Serial Solution (p. 204)), then perform the local parallel or
distributed parallel procedure from the first part of this tutorial (in Obtaining a Solution to the Frozen Rotor
Model (p. 199)).
Initializing Turbo-Post
All the pre-processing will be done during the initialization of the turbo components. Only a few steps will therefore
be required to display a surface of constant span and to create a turbo surface later on in this tutorial.
1.
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box,
you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible
initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view.
2.
Click Yes.
Both components (domains) are now being initialized based on the automatically selected turbo regions. When
the process is complete, a green turbine icon appears next to each component entry in the list. Also, the viewer
displays a green background mesh for each initialized component.
3.
Double-click Component 1 (S1) and review the automatically-selected turbo regions and other data in
the details view.
4.
Double-click Component 2 (R1) and review the automatically-selected turbo regions and other data in
the details view (including the Passages/Com setting on the Instancing tab, which should have a value of 2).
205
3.
Create a Turbo Surface by selecting Insert > Location > Turbo Surface from the drop down menu with a
Constant Span and value of 0.5.
2.
Under the Color tab select Variable and set it to Pressure with a user specified range of -10000 [Pa] to -7000
[Pa].
2.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Return to the Outline tab and ensure that the turbo surface is visible again.
2.
3.
Click Apply to load the timestep. The rotor blades move to their starting position. This is exactly 1 pitch from
the previous position so the blades will not appear to move.
4.
5.
Position the geometry as shown below, ready for the animation. During the animation the rotor blades will
move to the right. Make sure you have at least two rotor blades out of view to the left side of the viewer. They
will come into view during the animation.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.
7.
8.
Click New
9.
Select KeyframeNo1, then set # of Frames to 9, then press Enter while in the # of Frames box.
to create KeyFrameNo1.
Tip
Be sure to press Enter and confirm that the new number appears in the list before continuing.
10. Use the Timestep Selector to load the final timestep.
11. In the Animation dialog box, click New
12. Click More Animation Options
to create KeyframeNo2.
13. Click Options and set Transient Case to TimeValue Interpolation. Click OK.
The animation now contains a total of 11 frames (9 intermediate frames plus the two Keyframes), one for each
of the available time values.
14. In the expanded Animation dialog box, select Save Movie.
15. Set Format to MPEG1.
16. Click Browse
, next to the Save Movie box and then set the file name to an appropriate file name.
17. If frame 1 is not loaded (shown in the F: text box at the bottom of the Animation dialog box), click To Beginning
to load it.
Wait for CFD-Post to finish loading the objects for this frame before proceeding.
18. Click Play the animation
To view the movie file, you will need to use a media player that supports the MPEG format.
You will be able to see from the animation, and from the plots created previously, that the flow is not continuous
across the interface. This is because a pitch change occurs. The relatively coarse mesh and the small number
of timesteps used in the transient simulation also contribute to this. The movie was created with a narrow
pressure range compared to the global range which exaggerates the differences across the interface.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
207
Further Postprocessing
Further Postprocessing
You can produce a report for the turbine as follows:
1.
2.
In the Report Templates dialog box, select Turbine Report, then click Load.
The report will be generated automatically.
3.
Click the Report Viewer tab (located below the viewer window).
A report appears.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Particle Tracking
Component Source
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Symmetry Plane
Wall: Adiabatic
Additional Variables
CEL (CFX Expression Language)
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Isosurface
Slice Plane
209
The geometry consists of a mixing tube with three rings with twelve holes in each ring.
The main inlet has water entering at 2 m/s with a temperature of 300 K. The pressure at the outlet is 1 atm.
Through the ring of holes nearest the inlet, a solution of dilute sulfuric acid enters at 2 m/s with a temperature of
300 K. Through each of the two other rings of holes, a solution of dilute sodium hydroxide enters at 2.923 m/s with
a temperature of 300 K. The properties of the solution of sulfuric acid are shown in Table 15.1, Properties of the
Dilute Sulfuric Acid Solution (p. 210):.
Value
Molar mass
19.517 kg kmol^-1
Density
1078 kg m^-3
Dynamic Viscosity
Thermal Conductivity
Through the remaining two rings of holes, a solution of dilute sodium hydroxide (an alkali) enters with a temperature
of 300K. The properties of the solution of sodium hydroxide are shown in Table 15.2, Properties of the Dilute
Sodium Hydroxide Solution (p. 211).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Modeling Approach
Value
Molar mass
18.292 kg kmol^-1
Density
1029 kg m^-3
Dynamic Viscosity
Thermal Conductivity
The acid and alkali undergo an exothermic reaction to form a solution of sodium sulfate (a type of salt) and water
according to the reaction:
Value
Molar mass
18.600 kg kmol^-1
Density
1031 kg m^-3
Dynamic Viscosity
Thermal Conductivity
Modeling Approach
In order to reduce memory requirements and solution time, only a 30 slice of the geometry will be modeled, and
symmetry boundary conditions will be applied to represent the remaining geometry.
The reaction between acid and alkali is represented as a single-step irreversible liquid-phase reaction:
A+BC
Reagent A (dilute sulfuric acid) is injected through a ring of holes near the start of the tube. As it flows along the
tube it reacts with Reagent B (dilute sodium hydroxide) which is injected through a further two rings of holes
downstream. The product, C, remains in solution.
211
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
Reactor.pre
ReactorExpressions.ccl
ReactorMesh.gtm
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
2.
Value
File name
ReactorMesh.gtm
You can also model this type of reaction using a reacting mixture as your fluid. There is a tutorial that uses a reacting mixture: Combustion and Radiation in
a Can Combustor (p. 293).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click Open.
Acid Properties
The properties of the dilute sulfuric acid solution were stated in the problem description.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Pure Substance
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
Liquid
Option
General Material
Material Properties
(Selected)
Value
(Selected)
(Selected)
213
Setting
Value
Value
The Molar Masses for the three materials do not affect the solution except through the post-processed variables Molar Concentration and
Molar Fraction.
3.
Click OK.
Alkali Properties
The properties of the dilute sodium hydroxide solution were stated in the problem description.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Pure Substance
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
Liquid
Option
General Material
Material Properties
(Selected)
Value
(Selected)
3.
(Selected)
Value
Click OK.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
214
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Pure Substance
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
Liquid
Option
General Material
Material Properties
(Selected)
Value
(Selected)
3.
(Selected)
Value
Click OK.
Fluid Properties
Define a variable composition mixture by combining water with the three materials you have defined: acid,
alkali, product.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
215
Setting
Value
Material Group
Materials List
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Variable Type
Specific
Units
[kg kg^-1]
Tensor Type
Scalar
Click OK.
This Additional Variable is now available for use when you create or modify a domain. You will set other properties
of the Additional Variable, including how it is calculated, when you apply it to the domain later in this tutorial.
The first section shows a derivation for the mass-based stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution. This
ratio is used for calculating various quantities throughout this tutorial.
The second subsection (Reaction Source Terms (p. 218)) shows you how reactions and reaction kinetics can be
formulated using the Eddy Break Up (EBU) model.
The third subsection (Calculating pH (p. 219)), shows you how pH is calculated.
In the fourth subsection (Loading the Expressions to Model the Reaction and pH (p. 220)) you will use a provided
file to load CEL expressions for the reaction source terms and the pH.
Stoichiometric Ratio
The mass-based stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution is a quantity that is used in several calculations
in this tutorial. It represents the mass ratio of alkali solution to acid solution which leads to complete reaction with
no excess alkali or acid (that is, neutral pH). This section of the tutorial shows you how to calculate the stoichiometric
ratio, and introduces other quantities that are used in this tutorial.
The alkali solution contains water and sodium hydroxide. In the alkali solution, it is assumed that the sodium
hydroxide molecules completely dissociate into ions according to the following reaction:
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
216
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
NaOH Na + + OH
The acid solution contains water and sulfuric acid. In the acid solution, it is assumed that the sulfuric acid molecules
completely dissociate into ions according to the following reaction:
H2SO4 2H + + SO4 2
The Na
ions react to form sodium sulfate (a type of salt) and water according to the reaction:
to denote SO4
and Y
to denote Na , the ratio i can be computed as the ratio of the following two
masses:
i=
2 kmol Y +
kmol Y + / kg
1 kmol X 2
2
kmol X / kg
(Eq. 15.1)
where:
is the concentration of NaOH in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of Y + in kmol/kg solution).
is the concentration of H2SO4 in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of X 2 in kmol/kg solution).
The molar mass of the alkali solution (given as 18.292 kg/kmol solution) is a weighted average of the molar masses
of water (18.015 kg/kmol) and dry sodium hydroxide (39.9971 kg/kmol), with the weighting in proportion to the
number of each type of molecule in the solution. You can compute the fraction of the molecules in the solution that
are sodium hydroxide as:
NaOH fraction =
=
217
H2SO4 fraction =
=
Substituting the values for and into Equation 15.1 (p. 217) yields the mass-based stoichiometric ratio of alkali
solution to acid solution: i = 2.79.
(Eq. 15.2)
mf
where t is time, U is velocity, is the local density of the variable composition mixture, m f acid is the mass fraction
of the acid solution in the mixture, DA is the kinematic diffusivity of the acid solution through the mixture, and i
is the stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution based on mass fraction. The right-hand side represents
the mass source term that is applied to the transport equation for the acid solution. The left-hand side consists of
the transient, advection and diffusion terms.
In addition to specifying the sources for the acid solution and alkali solution, source coefficients will also be used
in order to enhance solution convergence. For details, see the technical note at the end of this section.
The reaction rate is computed as:
Reaction Rate =
4
k
where k is the turbulence kinetic energy, and is the turbulence eddy dissipation. Note that the reaction rate appears
on the right-hand side of Equation 15.2 (p. 218). The reaction rate is also used to govern the rate of thermal energy
production according to the relation:
mf
From the problem description, the heat of reaction is 460 kJ per kg of acid solution.
Note
This is a technical note, for reference only.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
218
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Important
C must never be positive.
An optimal value for C when solving an individual equation for a positive variable with a source S
whose strength decreases with increasing is
C=
C=
may be sufficient to ensure convergence. (This is the form used for the acid solution and alkali solution
mass source coefficients in this tutorial.)
Another useful formula for C is
C=
where is a local estimate for the source time scale. Provided that the source time scale is not excessively
short compared to flow or mixing time scales, this may be a useful approach for controlling sources with
positive feedback ( S > 0) or sources that do not depend directly on the solved variable .
Calculating pH
+
The pH (or acidity) of the mixture is a function of the volume-based concentration of H ions. The latter can be
computed using the following two equations, which are based on charge conservation and equilibrium conditions,
respectively:
H + + Y + = 2 X 2 + OH
H + OH = KW
(where KW is the constant for the self-ionization of water (1.0E-14 kmol2 m-6)).
You can substitute one equation into the other to obtain the following quadratic equation:
+ + +
2
H H + Y 2 X = KW
[ H + ] + Y + 2 X 2 H + KW = 0
219
]=
b + max[ ( b 2 4ac ), 0]
where a = 1,
2a
b = Y + 2 X 2 and c = KW.
and Y
acid
1 + i
i m f prod
[ Y + ] = m f alkali +
1 + i
where:
is the concentration of H2SO4 in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of X 2 in kmol/kg solution).
is the concentration of NaOH in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of Y + in kmol/kg solution).
Note that the second expression above can be re-written by substituting for using Equation 15.1 (p. 217). The
result is:
mf
[ Y + ] = 2 alkali +
i
m f prod
1+ i
pH = log10 [ H + ]
In order to set a limit on pH for calculation purposes, the following relation will be used in this tutorial:
pH = log10 max H + , 10 15
2.
3.
4.
Click Open.
Observe the expressions listed in the tree view of CFX-Pre. Some expressions are used to support other expressions.
The main expressions are:
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
220
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Description
Supporting Expressions
pH
HeatSource
HeatReaction, Rate
AcidSource
AcidSourceCoeff
AlkaliSource
AlkaliSourceCoeff
ProductSource
AlkaliSource
Note that the expressions do not refer to a particular fluid since there is only a single fluid (which happens to be a
multicomponent fluid). In a multiphase simulation you must prefix variables with a fluid name, for example
Mixture.acid.mf instead of acid.mf.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on.
A domain named Default Domain should now appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
Double-click Default Domain. Under the Fluid and Particle Definitions setting, delete Fluid 1 and
create a new fluid definition called Mixture.
Apply the following settings:
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B1.P3
Fluid Domain
Mixture
mixture
1 [atm]
Thermal Energy
acid
Transport Equation
Fluid Models
221
Setting
Value
Component Models > Component > acid > Kinematic 0.001 [m^2 s^-1]
Diffusivity > Kinematic Diffusivity
3.
Use the same Option and Kinematic Diffusivity settings for alkali and product as you have just set for
acid.
4.
Setting
Value
Fluid Models
Water
Constraint
One component must always use Constraint. This is the component used to balance the mass fraction
equation; the sum of the mass fractions of all components of a fluid must equal unity.
5.
Apply the following settings to apply the Additional Variable that you created earlier:
Tab
Setting
Value
Fluid Models
The other possible options either involve a transport equation to transport the Additional Variable in the flow field, or a Vector Algebraic
Equation, which is for vector quantities. The Algebraic Equation is suitable because it allows the calculation of pH as a function of existing
variables and expressions.
6.
Click OK.
Ensure that you have loaded the CEL expressions from the provided file.
The expressions should be listed in the tree view.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Location
B1.P3a
Sources
Sources
(Selected)
acid.mf
(Selected)
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Source
AcidSource
Sources > Equation Sources > acid.mf > Source Coefficient (Selected)
Sources > Equation Sources > acid.mf > Source Coefficient AcidSourceCoeff
> Source Coefficient
Sources > Equation Sources
alkali.mf
(Selected)
Source
AlkaliSource
(Selected)
AlkaliSourceCoeff
Energy
(Selected)
Source
HeatSource
product.mf
(Selected)
Source
ProductSource
(Selected)
4.
Click OK.
2.
223
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
InWater
Normal Speed
2 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
300 [K]
Boundary Details
3.
Leave mass fractions for all components set to zero. Since Water is the constraint fluid, it will be automatically
given a mass fraction of 1 on this inlet.
4.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
InAcid
Normal Speed
2 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
300 [K]
Component Details
acid
1.0
Component Details
alkali
Component Details
product
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
InAlkali
Normal Speed
2.923 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
300 [K]
(Selected)
(Selected)
(Selected)
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
Create a subsonic outlet at 1 atm (which is the reference pressure that was set in the domain definition):
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
out
Static Pressure
0 [Pa]
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
Symmetry Boundary
The geometry models a 30 slice of the full geometry. Create two symmetry boundaries, one for each side of the
geometry, so that the simulation models the entire geometry.
1.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
sym1
Click OK.
225
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
sym2
Click OK.
Note that, in this case, a periodic interface can be used as an alternative to the symmetry boundary conditions.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global
Settings
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Automatic with Value
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U
2 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
acid
alkali
product
Initial Conditions > Component Details > product > Option Automatic with Value
Initial Conditions > Component Details > product > Mass
Fraction
3.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
High Resolution
50
Physical Timescale
0.01 [s]a
a
The length of mixing tube is 0.06 m and inlet velocity is 2 m/s. An estimate of the dynamic time scale is 0.03 s. An appropriate time step
would be 1/4 to 1/2 of this value.
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
Reactor.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
Select Show Advanced Controls. On the Solver tab, select Executable Settings > Double Precision Override
> Double Precision.
This provides the precision required to evaluate the expression for pH.
3.
4.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
5.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
6.
Click OK.
227
2.
3.
4.
MixturePH
acid.Mass Fraction
alkali.Mass Fraction
product.Mass Fraction
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Lighting in CFD-Post.
Exporting thermal and mechanical data to be used with ANSYS Multi-field solver.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Multiple Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
229
Feature
Details
CFD-Post
Plots
Cylinder
Default Locators
Contour
Isosurface
Other
This tutorial also includes an optional step that demonstrates the use of the CFX to ANSYS Data Transfer tool to
export thermal and mechanical stress data for use with ANSYS Multi-field solver. A results file is provided in case
you want to skip the model creation and solution steps within ANSYS CFX.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
230
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Starting CFX-Pre
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
HeatingCoil.pre
HeatingCoil_001.res
HeatingCoilMesh.gtm
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain and
Automatic Default Interfaces are turned off.
Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create the fluid and solid domains and
interfaces manually later in this tutorial.
2.
Click OK.
3.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > CFX Mesh. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
4.
Value
File name
HeatingCoilMesh.gtm
5.
Click Open.
6.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
2.
Setting
Value
Material
Properties
(Selected)
59.6E+06 [S m^-1]
231
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Material Group
User
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
(Selected)
Click OK.
Ensure that Flow Analysis 1 > Default Domain is deleted. If not, right-click Default Domain
and select Delete.
2.
Click Domain
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B1.P3a
Fluid 1
Water
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Fluid Models
Thermal Energy
Initialization
Domain Initialization
(Selected)
This region name may be different depending on how the mesh was created. You should pick the region that forms the exterior surface
of the volume surrounding the coil.
4.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B2.P3
Solid Domain
Solid Definitions
Solid 1
Copper
Thermal Energy
Electromagnetic Model
(Selected)
Solid Models
Electromagnetic Model > Electric Field Model > Option Electric Potential
Initialization
Domain Initialization
(Selected)
Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Temperature Automatic with Value
> Option
Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Temperature 550 [K]
> Temperature
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
F11.B2.P3a
233
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Voltage
0 [V]
This region name may be different depending on how the mesh was created. You should pick one end of the heating coil.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Create a similar boundary named Hot at the other end of the coil, region F12.B2.P3, and apply 4.4 V.
Inlet Boundary
You will now create an inlet boundary for the cooling fluid (Water).
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
inflow
Normal Speed
0.4 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
300 [K]
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
Opening Boundary
An opening boundary is appropriate for the exit in this case because, at some stage during the solution, the coiled
heating element will cause some recirculation at the exit. At an opening boundary you need to set the temperature
of fluid that enters through the boundary. In this case it is useful to base this temperature on the fluid temperature
at the outlet as you expect the fluid to be flowing mostly out through this opening.
1.
2.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Opening
Location
outflow
0 [Pa]
Static Temperature
OutletTemperature
Boundary Details
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
The default adiabatic wall boundary will be applied automatically to the remaining unspecified external boundaries
of the fluid domain.
Two more boundary conditions are generated automatically when a domain interface is created to connect the fluid
and solid domains. The domain interface is discussed in the next section.
Create a new domain interface named Fluid Solid Interface and apply the following settings:
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Solid
FluidZone
SolidZone
General Connection
None
None
(Selected)
Thin Material
Calcium Carbonate
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Physical Timescale
235
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
HeatingCoil.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
3.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
When CFD-Post opens, if you see the Domain Selector dialog box, ensure that both domains are selected, then
click OK.
2.
3.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Location
Variable
Temperature
Range
Local
(Selected)
4.
Click Apply.
5.
Take note of the temperature range displayed below the Range drop-down box. The temperature on the outer
surface of the deposit should range from around 400 K to 740 K.
Change the contour location to Fluid Solid Interface Side 2 (The deposit side that is in contact
with the coil) and click Apply. Notice how the temperature ranges from around 440 K to 810 K on the inner
surface of the deposit.
Expression
1.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Definition
(x^2 + y^2)^0.5
Click Apply.
Variable
1.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Expression
expradius
Click Apply.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
radius
0.8 [m]a
Mode
Variable
Color
237
Render
Setting
Value
Variable
Temperature
Range
User Specifiedb
Min
299 [K]
Max
309 [K]
Show Faces
(Selected)
3.
Click Apply.
Note
The default range legend now displayed is that of the isosurface and not the contour. The default legend
is set according to what is being edited in the details view.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
-0.75, 0, 0
-0.75, 0, 2.25
(Selected)
200
3.
Click Apply.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Specular Lighting
Specular Lighting
Specular lighting is on by default. Specular lighting allows glaring bright spots on the surface of an object, depending
on the orientation of the surface and the position of the light. You can disable specular lighting as follows:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Render
(Cleared)
Click Apply.
Tip
If using the Standalone version, you can move the light source by positioning the mouse pointer in the
viewer, holding down the Ctrl key, and dragging using the right mouse button.
Use CFX-Solver Manager to export data. For details, see Exporting Data from CFX-Solver Manager (p. 239).
Importing a surface mesh from ANSYS into CFD-Post, and associating the surface with the corresponding
2D region in the CFX-Solver results file.
2.
Exporting the data to a file containing SFE commands that represent surface element thermal or mechanical
stress values.
3.
Loading the commands created in the previous step into ANSYS and visualizing the loads.
Thermal Data
1.
2.
3.
Value
Results File
HeatingCoil_001.res
Export File
HeatingCoil_001_ansysfsi_70.cdb
239
Value
SolidZone
3D Thermal (70)
Leave Boundary empty because the entire volume is exported for 3D data.
4.
Click Export.
When the export is complete, click OK to acknowledge the message and continue with the next steps to export
data for Mechanical Stresses (p. 240).
Mechanical Stresses
1.
2.
Apply the following settings in the Export to ANSYS MultiField Solver dialog box (see Step 2 (p. 239) above):
Setting
Value
Results File
HeatingCoil_001.res
Export File
HeatingCoil_001_ansysfsi_154.cdb
FluidZone
FluidZone Default
2D Stress (154)
Click Export.
You now have two exported files that can be used with ANSYS Multi-field solver. When you are finished, close
CFX-Solver Manager and CFD-Post.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Importing meshes that have CFX-4 and CFX Mesh file formats.
Using a fluid dependent turbulence model to set different turbulence options for each fluid.
Specifying a degassing outlet boundary to allow air, but not water, to escape from the boundary.
Connecting two domains (one for a tank and one for an impeller inside the tank) via Frozen Rotor interfaces.
Using periodic GGI interfaces where the mesh does not match exactly.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Multiple Domain
Rotating Frame of Reference
Turbulence Model
Heat Transfer
None
Buoyant Flow
Multiphase
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Degassing)
241
Feature
Details
Wall: Thin Surface
Wall: (Slip Depends on Volume
Fraction)
Domain Interfaces
Frozen Rotor
Periodic
Thin Surface Partners
Output Control
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Default Locators
Slice Plane
Other
Quantitative Calculation
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
The figure above shows the full geometry with part of the tank walls and one baffle cut away. The symmetry of the
vessel allows a 1/4 section of the full geometry to be modeled.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
MultiphaseMixer.pre
MixerImpellerMesh.gtm
MixerTank.geo
243
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Next, you will import the mesh for the mixer tank, followed by the mesh for the impeller. The impeller mesh, as
provided, is not located in the correct spatial position relative to the tank mesh. After importing the impeller mesh,
you will move it to the correct position.
Note
This simulation involves the use of two domains: a stationary fluid domain on the main 3D region of
the tank mesh and a rotating fluid domain on the main 3D region of the impeller mesh. It is not necessary
to use separate meshes in this type of simulation, as long as there are 3D regions available for locating
these two domains.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain and
Automatic Default Interfaces are turned off.
Default Domain and Interface generation should be turned off because you will be manually creating domains
and interfaces for the impeller and main tank later in this tutorial.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
244
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Value
Files of type
CFX-4(*geo)
File name
MixerTank.geo
(Cleared)a
In this case, the mesh file contains USER3D regions that you do not need.
4.
Click Open.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other to import the second mesh. The Import Mesh dialog box
appears.
2.
Value
Files of type
File name
MixerImpellerMesh.gtm
3.
Click Open.
4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (X up) to view the
mesh assemblies.
2.
3.
Value
Transformation
Translation
Method
Deltas
Dx, Dy, Dz
0.275, 0, 0
In the Outline workspace, expand the tree to show MixerTank.geo > Principal 3D Regions >
Primitive 3D > Principal 2D Regions.
245
You can now see the mesh on one of the periodic regions of the tank. To reduce the solution time for this tutorial,
the mesh used is very coarse. This is not a suitable mesh to obtain accurate results, but it is sufficient for demonstration
purposes.
Note
If you do not see the surface mesh, highlighting may be turned off. If highlighting is disabled, toggle
Highlighting
. The default highlight type will show the surface mesh for any selected regions. If you
see a different highlighting type, you can alter it by selecting Edit > Options and browsing to CFX-Pre
> Graphics Style.
Ensure that no default domain is present under Flow Analysis 1. If a default domain is present, right-click
it and select Delete.
2.
Click Domain
3.
Under the Fluid and Particle Definitions setting, delete Fluid 1 and create a new fluid definition called
Air.
4.
5.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic
Settings
Main
Air
Air at 25 C
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Air > Morphology > Option
Dispersed Fluid
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Air > Morphology > Mean
Diameter
3 [mm]
Water
Water
1 [atm]
Buoyant
-9.81 [m s^-2]
0 [m s^-2]
0 [m s^-2]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Rotating
Domain Models > Domain Motion > Axis Definition > Rotation Global X
Axis
Fluid
Models
(Cleared)c
None
(Cleared)
Isothermal
25 [C]
(Cleared)
Fluid Dependent
Air | Water
(Selected)
0.073 [N m^-1]d
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Grace
Option
Fluid Pair > Air |Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > (Selected)
Volume Fraction Correction Exponent
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > 4e
Volume Fraction Correction Exponent > Value
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag
forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Option
Lopez de Bertodano
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag
forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Dispersion Coeff.
0.1
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Turbulence Transfer > Option
For dilute dispersed multiphase flow, always set the buoyancy reference density to that for continuous fluid.
Note the unit.
c
Turn off the homogeneous model to allow each fluid to have its own velocity field.
d
This must be set to allow the Grace drag model to be used.
e
A positive value is appropriate for large bubbles. For details, see Densely Distributed Fluid Particles: Grace Drag Model (p. 150).
f
This models particle-induced turbulence. For details, see Turbulence Enhancement (p. 158).
b
6.
Click OK.
2.
Rename the duplicated domain to tank and then open it for editing.
3.
247
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Primitive 3D
Stationary
Click OK.
A degassing outlet, so that only the gas phase can leave the domain.
A wall for the hub and the portion of the shaft that is in the rotating domain. This wall will be rotating, and
therefore stationary relative to the rotating domain.
A wall for the portion of the shaft in the stationary domain. This wall will be rotating relative to the stationary
domain.
When the default wall boundary is generated, the internal 2D regions of an imported mesh are ignored, while the
regions that form domain boundaries are included.
Note
The blade surfaces of the impeller will be modeled using domain interfaces later in the tutorial.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
INLET_DIPTUBE
Boundary Details
Fluid Dependent
Fluid Values
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity > Option Normal Speed
Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity >
Normal Speed
5 [m s^-1]
Water
Normal Speed
5 [m s^-1]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Setting
Value
Value
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
WALL_LIQUID_SURFACE
Degassing Condition
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
Note that no pressure is specified for this boundary. The solver will compute a pressure distribution on this
fixed-position boundary to represent the surface height variations that would occur in the real flow.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
WALL_BAFFLESa
Fluid Dependent
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions
Water
No Slip Wall
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
The WALL_BAFFLES region includes the surfaces on both sides of the baffle (you can confirm this by examining WALL_BAFFLES in
the region selector).
249
The Free Slip Wall condition can be used for the gas phase since the contact area with the walls is near zero for low gas phase
volume fractions.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
WALL_SHAFT,
WALL_SHAFT_CENTER
Fluid Dependent
Boundary Conditions
Air
No Slip Wall
(Selected)
Rotating Wall
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
3.
4.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
Hub, Shaft
Fluid Dependent
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions
Water
No Slip Wall
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Fluid Dependent
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions
Water
No Slip Wall
Fluid Values
3.
Click OK.
It is not necessary to set the default boundary in the impeller domain since the remaining surfaces will be
assigned interface conditions in the next section.
Rotational periodic domain interfaces for the periodic faces of the tank and impeller.
251
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
impeller
Blade
impeller
Side Dependenta
Additional
Interface Models
a
This is done so that we can set a fluid dependent treatment on each side of the interface.
3.
Click OK.
Two boundaries named Blade Thin Surface Side 1 and Blade Thin Surface Side 2 are
created automatically.
4.
In the tree view, open Blade Thin Surface Side 1 for editing.
5.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Fluid Dependent
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions
Water
No Slip Wall
Fluid Values
6.
Click OK.
7.
In the tree view, open Blade Thin Surface Side 2 for editing.
8.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
impeller
Periodic1
impeller
Periodic2
Rotational Periodicity
Coordinate Axis
Click OK.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
tank
BLKBDY_TANK_PER1
tank
BLKBDY_TANK_PER2
Rotational Periodicity
Coordinate Axis
Click OK.
253
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
impeller
Top
tank
BLKBDY_TANK_TOP
General Connection
Frozen Rotor
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
impeller
Bottom
tank
BLKBDY_TANK_BOT
General Connection
Frozen Rotor
6.
Click OK.
7.
8.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
impeller
Outer
tank
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
9.
Setting
Value
BLKBDY_TANK_OUTER
General Connection
Frozen Rotor
Click OK.
For more details about the Frozen Rotor interface, see Frozen Rotor (p. 126).
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Fluid Settings
Air
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic with Value
> Volume Fraction > Option
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0
> Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction
Fluid Specific Initialization
Water
3.
(Selected)
0 [m s^-1]
Click OK.
255
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
High Resolution
100a
Physical Timescale
2 [s]b
Convergence Criteria
(Default)c
For advice on setting time steps in multiphase simulations, see Timestepping (p. 173).
This is an aggressive time step for this case.
c
The default is an RMS value of 1.0E-04. If you are using a maximum edge length of 0.005 m or less to produce a finer mesh, use a target
residual of 1.0E-05 to obtain a more accurate solution.
b
3.
Click OK.
TankAirHoldUp = volumeAve(Air.vf)@tank
ImpellerAirHoldUp = volumeAve(Air.vf)@impeller
TotalAirHoldUp = (volume()@tank * TankAirHoldUp +
volume()@impeller * ImpellerAirHoldUp) /
(volume()@tank + volume()@impeller)
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Monitor
Monitor Options
(Selected)
4.
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named Total Air Holdup.
5.
256
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.
Setting
Value
Option
Expression
Expression Value
TotalAirHoldUp
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
MultiphaseMixer.def
Click Save.
If you are notified the file already exists, click Overwrite.
4.
Click OK.
5.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
In most cases, the global imbalance should be less than 0.1% in a converged solution.
For a single-phase simulation, the mass balance information is given for the P-Mass equation.
For a multiphase simulation, the mass balance information is given for the P-Vol equation.
This is not the volumetric flow balance information, but is the summation of the phasic continuity mass
balance information.
3.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (X up).
You will create some plots showing the distributions of velocity and other variables. You will also calculate the
torque and power required to turn the impeller at 84 rpm.
257
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Three Points
1, 0, 0
0, 1, -0.9
0, 0, 0
Click Apply.
Plotting Velocity
Recall that the homogeneous multiphase option was not used when specifying the domain settings (see the setting
for Fluid Models > Multiphase Options > Homogeneous Model in Rotating Domain for the Impeller (p. 246)).
As a consequence, the air and water velocity fields may differ from each other. Plot the velocity of water, then air
on Plane 1:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Plane 1
Variable
Symbol Size
0.2
Normalize Symbols
(Selected)
Symbol
a
Using this variable, instead of Water.Velocity, results in the velocity vectors appearing to be continuous at the interface between the
rotating and stationary domains. Velocity variables that do not include a frame specification always use the local reference frame.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
Turn off the visibility of Plane 1 to better see the vector plot.
5.
Observe the vector plot (in particular, near the top of the tank). Note that the water is not flowing out of the
domain.
6.
7.
Turn off the visibility of Vector 1 in preparation for the next plots.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Pressure
Range
Local
Click Apply.
Note that the pressure field computed by the solver excludes the hydrostatic pressure corresponding to the
specified buoyancy reference density. The pressure field including this hydrostatic component (as well as the
reference pressure) can by visualized by plotting Absolute Pressure.
2.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Air.Volume Fraction
Range
User Specified
Min
Max
0.04
Click Apply.
The user-specified range was made much narrower than the Global and Local ranges in order to better show the
variation.
2.
Setting
Value
Color
Variable
Range
User Specified
Min
0 [s^-1]
Max
15 [s^-1]
Click Apply.
The user-specified range was made much narrower than the Global and Local ranges in order to better show
the variation.
3.
Modify the coloring of the MultiphaseMixer_001 > tank > tank Default object by applying the
following settings:
259
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Water.Wall Shear
Range
Local
Click Apply.
The legend for this plot shows the range of wall shear values.
The global maximum wall shear stress is much higher than the maximum value on the default walls. The global
maximum values occur on the TankShaft boundary directly above the inlet. Although these values are very high,
the shear force exerted on this boundary is small since the contact area fraction of water is very small there.
Select Tools > Function Calculator from the main menu or click Show Function Calculator
2.
Setting
Value
torque
Location
Axis
Global X
Fluid
All Fluids
3.
Click Calculate to find the torque about the X-axis imparted by both fluids on location Blade Thin
Surface Side 1.
4.
The sum of these two torques is approximately -67.4 [N m] about the X-axis. Multiplying by -4 to find the torque
required by all of the impeller blades gives a required torque of approximately 270 [N m] about the X-axis. You
could also include the contributions from the locations HubShaft and TankShaft; however in this case their
contributions are negligible.
The power requirement is simply the required torque multiplied by the rotational speed (84 rpm = 8.8 rad/s):
Power = 270 N m * 8.8 rad/s = 2376 W.
Remember that this value is the power requirement for the work done on the fluids; it does not account for any
mechanical losses, motor efficiencies etc. Also note that the accuracy of these results is significantly affected by
the coarseness of the mesh. You should not use a mesh of this length scale to obtain accurate quantitative results.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using a fluid dependent turbulence model to set different turbulence options for each fluid.
Specifying a degassing outlet boundary to allow air, but not water, to escape from the boundary.
Using face culling in CFD-Post to turn off the visibility of one side of a surface.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
Heat Transfer
None
Buoyant Flow
Multiphase
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Degassing)
Symmetry Plane
Wall: (Slip Depends on Volume
Fraction)
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Default Locators
261
Feature
Details
Vector
Other
This tutorial models the dispersion of air bubbles in water. Air is supplied through a sparger at the bottom of the
vessel and the rising action of the bubbles provides gentle agitation of the water. An internal tube (draft tube) directs
recirculation of the flow. The airlift reactor is shown in a cut-away diagram in Figure 18.1, Cut-away Diagram of
the Airlift Reactor (p. 262).
Simple airlift reactors that are without a draft tube tend to develop irregular flow patterns and poor overall mixing.
The draft tube in the airlift reactor helps to establish a regular flow pattern in the column and to achieve better
uniformity in temperature, concentration, and pH in the liquid phase, but sometimes at the expense of decreased
mass transfer from gas to liquid.
This tutorial also demonstrates the use of pairs of internal wall boundaries to model thin 3D features. In this case,
a pair of wall boundaries is used to model the draft tube. Other applications include baffles and guide vanes. In the
postprocessing section of this tutorial, you will learn how to use face culling to hide one side of a boundary. This
technique enables you to independently color each boundary of a pair of back-to-back boundaries (located at the
same position in 3D space, but with opposite orientation).
The airlift reactor that is modeled here is very similar to the laboratory bench scale prototype used by Garca-Calvo
and Letn.
A formal analysis of this simulation involving a finer mesh is available at the end of this tutorial. For details, see
Additional Fine Mesh Simulation Results (p. 272).
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
262
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
BubbleColumn.pre
BubbleColumnMesh.gtm
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
BubbleColumnMesh.gtm
Click Open.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on. A domain named Default Domain should now appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
3.
In the Basic Settings tab, under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete Fluid 1 and create a new fluid
definition called Air.
4.
Use the
5.
263
Setting
Value
Basic
Settings
B1.P3, B2.P3
Air
Air at 25 C
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Air > Morphology > Option
Dispersed Fluid
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Air > Morphology > Mean
Diameter
6 [mm]
Water
Water
1 [atm]
Buoyant
0 [m s^-2]
-9.81 [m s^-2]
0 [m s^-2]
(Cleared)b
None
(Cleared)
Isothermal
25 [C]
(Cleared)
Fluid Dependentc
Fluid
Models
Air | Water
(Selected)
0.072 [N m^-1]d
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Grace
Option
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > (Selected)
Volume Fraction Correction Exponent
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > 2e
Volume Fraction Correction Exponent > Value
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag
forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Option
Lopez de Bertodano
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag
forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Dispersion Coeff.
0.3
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Turbulence Transfer > Option
For dilute dispersed multiphase flow, always set the buoyancy reference density to that for continuous fluid.
Turn off the homogeneous model to allow each fluid to have its own velocity field.
c
The fluid-specific turbulence settings are defined in the Fluid Specific Models tab. They are set to default values.
d
This must be set to allow the Grace drag model to be used.
e
A positive value is appropriate for large bubbles. For details, see Densely Distributed Fluid Particles: Grace Drag Model (p. 150).
f
This models particle-induced turbulence. For details, see Turbulence Enhancement (p. 158).
b
6.
Click OK.
An exterior wall for the outer wall, base and sparger tube.
Symmetry planes.
Inlet Boundary
At the sparger, create an inlet boundary that injects air at 0.3 m/s with a volume fraction of 0.25:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
Sparger
Boundary Details
Fluid Dependent
Fluid Values
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity > Option Normal Speed
Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity >
Normal Speed
0.3 [m s^-1]
Water
Normal Speed
0 [m s^-1]
Value
265
3.
Setting
Value
0.75
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
Create a degassing outlet boundary at the top of the reactor:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
Top
Degassing Condition
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
DraftTube
Fluid Dependent
Smooth Wall
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions
Water
No Slip Wall
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
Now create a boundary named DraftTube Riser Side using the same settings, but located on F10.B1.P3
(the riser side of the draft tube).
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
Symmetry1
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
Symmetry2
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Fluid Dependent
Fluid Values
Boundary Conditions
Air
Boundary Conditions
Water
No Slip Wall
Click OK.
267
Since a single pressure field exists for a multiphase calculation, do not set pressure values on a per-fluid basis.
2.
Setting
Value
Fluid Settings
Air
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic with Value
> Cartesian Velocity Components > Option
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0 [m s^-1]
> Cartesian Velocity Components > U
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0.3 [m s^-1]
> Cartesian Velocity Components > V
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0 [m s^-1]
> Cartesian Velocity Components > W
Fluid Specific Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic
> Volume Fraction > Option
Fluid Specific Initialization
Watera
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
1b
Since there is no water entering or leaving the domain, a stationary initial guess is recommended.
The volume fractions must sum to unity over all fluids. Since a value has been set for water, the volume fraction of air will be calculated
as the remaining difference, in this case, 0.
b
3.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
High Resolution
100a
Physical Timescale
1 [s]
1.0E-04b
(Selected)
For advice on setting time steps in multiphase simulations, see Timestepping (p. 173).
If you are using a maximum edge length of 0.005 m or less to produce a finer mesh, use a target residual of 1.0E-05 to obtain a more
accurate solution.
b
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
BubbleColumn.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
Note
If you are using a fine mesh for a formal quantitative analysis of the flow in the reactor, the solution
time will be significantly longer than for the coarse mesh. You can run the simulation in parallel to
reduce the solution time. For details, see Obtaining a Solution in Parallel (p. 102).
1.
2.
269
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
SymP1
Water.Velocity
Range
User Specified
Min
0 [m s^-1]
Max
1 [m s^-1]
Symbol Size
0.3
Color
Symbol
4.
Click Apply.
5.
In the tree view, right-click Vector 1, select Duplicate, and click OK to accept the default name, Vector
2.
6.
Edit Vector 2.
7.
On the Geometry tab, set Definition > Variable to Air.Velocity and click Apply.
8.
Note that the air rises faster than the water in the riser and descends slower than the water in the downcomer.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
2.
3.
Edit SymP1.
4.
270
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Air.Volume Fraction
Range
User Specified
Min
Max
0.025
Click Apply.
Observe the volume fraction values throughout the domain.
6.
Next, plot the volume fraction of air on each side of the draft tube:
1.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Y up).
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Air.Volume Fraction
Range
User Specified
Min
Max
0.025
4.
Click Apply.
5.
Rotate the plot in the viewer to see both sides of DraftTube Downcomer Side.
Notice that the plot appears on both sides of the DraftTube Downcomer Side boundary. When viewing
plots on internal surfaces, you must ensure that you are viewing the correct side. You will make use of the face
culling rendering feature to turn off the visibility of the plot on the side of the boundary for which the plot does
not apply.
The DraftTube Downcomer Side boundary represents the side of the internal surface in the downcomer
(in this case, outer) region of the reactor. To confirm this, you could make a vector plot of the variable Normal
(representing the face normal vectors) on the locator DraftTube Downcomer Side; the fluid is on the
side opposite the normal vectors.
In this case, you need to turn off the front faces of the plot; The front faces are, by definition, on the same
side of the plot as the normal vectors.
6.
Setting
Value
Render
Front Faces
7.
Click Apply.
8.
Rotate the image in the viewer to see the effect of face culling on DraftTube Downcomer Side. You
should see that the color appears on the downcomer side only.
9.
271
2.
Setting
Value
Definition
(Cleared)
# of Copies
12
Apply Rotation
(Selected)
Principal Axis
12
Click Apply.
Due to their large 0.006 m diameter, the air bubbles quickly attained a significant terminal slip velocity (i.e.,
the terminal velocity relative to water). The resulting terminal slip velocity, obtained using the Grace drag model,
is consistent with the prediction by Maneri and Mendelson and the prediction by Baker and Chao. These
correlations predict a terminal slip velocity of about 0.23 m s-1 to 0.25 m s-1 for air bubbles of the diameter
specified.
The values of gas hold-up (the average volume fraction of air in the riser), the superficial gas velocity (the rising
velocity, relative to the reactor vessel, of gas bubbles in the riser, multiplied by the gas hold-up), and the liquid
velocity in the downcomer agree with the results reported by Garca-Calvo and Letn, for gas hold-up values
of 0.03 or less. At higher values of gas hold-up, the multifluid model does not account for pressure-volume
work transferred from gas to liquid due to isothermal expansion of the bubbles. The simulation therefore tends
to under-predict both the superficial gas velocity in the riser, and the liquid velocity in the downcomer for gas
hold-up values greater than 0.03.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
Multiphase results files contain the vector variable Fluid.Superficial Velocity defined
as Fluid.Volume Fraction multiplied by Fluid.Velocity. This is sometimes also referred
to as the fluid volume flux. The components of this vector variable are available as scalar variables
(for example, Fluid.Superficial Velocity X).
Many reference texts on airlift reactors cite the Hughmark correlation as a standard for gas hold-up and superficial
gas velocity in airlift reactors. However, the Hughmark correlation should not be used when liquid flow is concurrent
with gas at velocities exceeding 0.1 m/s. In the airlift reactor described in this tutorial, the liquid velocity in the riser
clearly exceeds 0.2 m/s, and the Hughmark correlation is therefore not applicable.
273
Important
You must have the required Fortran compiler installed and set in your system path in order to run this
tutorial. For details on which Fortran compiler is required for your platform, see the applicable ANSYS,
Inc. installation guide. If you are not sure which Fortran compiler is installed on your system, try running
the cfx5mkext command (found in <CFXROOT>/bin) from the command line and read the output
messages.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using the Monte Carlo radiation model with a directional source of radiation.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Transient
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Radiation
Monte Carlo
Buoyant Flow
Boundary Conditions
275
Feature
Details
Wall: Adiabatic
Wall: Fixed Temperature
Output Control
Plots
Animation
Isosurface
Point
Slice Plane
Other
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
The thermostat switches the air conditioner on and off based on the following data:
A set point of 22C (the temperature at or above which the air conditioner turns on)
A temperature tolerance of 2C (the amount by which cooling continues below the set point before the air
conditioner turns off)
Air flows in steadily from an inlet vent on the ceiling, and flows out through a return-air vent near the floor. When
the air conditioner is turned on, the incoming air temperature is reduced compared to the outgoing air temperature.
When the air conditioner is turned off, the incoming air temperature is set equal to the outgoing air temperature.
Two windows allow sunlight to enter and heat the room. The walls (including a closed door) and windows are
assumed to be at a constant 26C. The simulation is transient, and continues long enough to allow the air conditioner
to cycle on and off.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
HVAC.pre
HVAC_expressions.ccl
277
HVACMesh.gtm
TStat_Control.F
Note
You must have a Fortran compiler installed on your system to perform this tutorial.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
2.
Value
File name
HVACMesh.gtm
3.
Click Open.
4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
2.
3.
4.
Click Open.
The table below lists the expressions, along with the definition and information for each expression:
Expression
Name
Expression Definition
Information
ACOn
Thermostat
Function(TSensor,TSet,TTol,aitern)
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Expression Definition
Information
temperature, thermostat set point, and temperature
tolerance).
Flowrate
HeatRemoved
1000 [J s^-1]
MassFlow
TIn
TSensor
probe(T)@Thermometer
TSet
22 [C]
TTol
2 [K]
Temperature tolerance.
TVentOut
areaAve(T)@REGION:VentOut
XCompInlet
ZCompInlet
-1+XCompInlet
tStep
3 [s]
tTotal
225 [s]
Total time.
The CEL function that evaluates the thermometer temperature relies on a monitor point that you will create later in
this tutorial.
The CEL expression for the air conditioner on/off status requires a compiled Fortran subroutine and a user CEL
function that uses the subroutine. These are created next, starting with the compiled subroutine.
Note
The expression for the return-air vent temperature, TVentOut, makes use of @REGION CEL syntax,
which indicates the mesh region named VentOut, rather than a boundary named VentOut. For details
about @REGION CEL syntax, see Using Locators in Expressions (p. 134) in the ANSYS CFX Reference
Guide.
Copy the subroutine TStat_Control.F to your working directory (if you have not already done so).
2.
Examine the contents of this file in any text editor to gain a better understanding of this subroutine.
279
4.
Type the following command in the Command Editor dialog box (make sure you do not miss the semicolon
at the end of the line):
! system ("cfx5mkext TStat_Control.F") == 0 or die "cfx5mkext failed";
5.
The ! indicates that the following line is to be interpreted as power syntax and not CCL. Everything after
the ! symbol is processed as Perl commands.
The == 0 or die will cause an error message to be returned if, for some reason, there is an error in
processing the command.
Note
You can use the -double option (i.e., cfx5mkext -double TStat_Control.F) to compile
the subroutine for use with double precision CFX-Solver executables.
A subdirectory will have been created in your working directory whose name is system dependent (e.g., on Linux
it is named linux). This sub directory contains the shared object library.
Note
If you are running problems in parallel over multiple platforms then you will need to create these
subdirectories using the cfx5mkext command for each different platform.
You can view more details about the cfx5mkext command by running cfx5mkext -help.
You can set a Library Name and Library Path using the -name and -dest options respectively.
If these are not specified, the default Library Name is that of your Fortran file and the default Library Path is
your current working directory.
From the main menu, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > User Routine or click User
Routine
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Calling Name
ac_ona
Library Name
TStat_Controlb
Library Path
(Working Directory)c
This is the name of the subroutine within the Fortran file. Always use lower case letters for the calling name, even if the subroutine name
in the Fortran file is in upper case.
b
This is the name passed to the cfx5mkext command by the -name option. If the -name option is not specified, a default is used. The
default is the Fortran file name without the .F extension.
c
Set this to your working directory.
4.
Click OK.
From the main menu, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > User Function or click User
Function
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
User Function
Thermostat Routine
Argument Units
Result Units
[]b
These are the units for the four input arguments: TSensor, TSet, TTol, and aitern.
The result will be a dimensionless flag with a value of 0 or 1.
4.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Transient
tTotal
Timesteps
0 [s]
281
Click OK.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on.
A domain named Default Domain should appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B1.P3
Fluid 1
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Fluid 1 > Air Ideal Gas
Material
Domain Models > Pressure > Reference
Pressure
1 [atm]
Buoyant
3.
Thermal Energy
Monte Carlo
Click OK.
Fixed-temperature walls.
Inlet Boundary
Create a boundary for the inlet vent, using the previously-loaded expressions for mass flow rate, flow direction,
and temperature:
1.
282
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
Inlet
Boundary Details
Plot Options
3.
Cartesian Components
XCompInlet
ZCompInlet
Static Temperature
TIn
Boundary Vector
(Selected)
Cartesian Components
Click OK.
The viewer shows the inlet velocity profile applied at the inlet, which uses the expressions XCompInlet and
ZCompInlet to specify a diverging flow pattern.
Note
Ignore the physics errors that appear. They will be fixed by setting up the rest of the simulation.
The error concerning the expression TIn is due to a reference to Thermometer which does not
yet exist. A monitor point named Thermometer will be created later as part of the output control
settings.
Outlet Boundary
Create a boundary for the return-air vent, specifying a relative pressure of 0 Pa:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
VentOut
Boundary Details
Click OK.
Window Boundary
To model sunlight entering the room, the windows are required to emit directional radiation. To approximate the
effect of the outdoor air temperature, assume that the windows have a fixed temperature of 26C.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
283
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
Window1,Window2
Temperature
26 [C]
Boundary Source
(Selected)
(Selected)
Boundary Details
Sources
3.
4.
5.
6.
Setting
Value
Option
Radiation Flux
600 [W m^-2]
Cartesian Components
-1
Setting
Value
Plot Options
Boundary Vector
(Selected)
Cartesian Components in
Radiation Source 1
Click OK.
The direction of the radiation is shown in the viewer.
2.
284
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Temperature
26 [C]
Opaque
Click OK.
Because this boundary is opaque with an emissivity of 1, all of the radiation is absorbed and none of the radiation
is reflected. With no reflected radiation, the Diffuse Fraction setting has no effect. For lower values of emissivity,
some radiation is reflected, and the Diffuse Fraction setting controls the fraction of the reflected radiation that is
diffuse, with the remainder being specular (directional).
The default wall boundary includes the Door region, which is modeled as a wall (closed door) for simplicity. Since
the Door region is part of the entire default boundary, it will not appear in the Wireframe object that appears in
the viewer when the results file of the simulation is opened in CFD-Post, but it can still be viewed as a mesh region.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global Settings
Cartesian
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [Pa]
22 [C]
Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Option Intensity and Length Scale
Initial Conditions > Turbulence >
Fractional Intensity > Option
0.05
285
Setting
Value
0.25 [m]
The initial blackbody temperature of the air should be set to the initial temperature of the air.
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Click OK.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Option
Selected Variables
(Selected)
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Value
Allb
Every Timestep
To create the thermostat thermometer, set up a monitor point at the thermometer location. Also set up monitors to
track the expressions for the temperature at the inlet, the temperature at the outlet, and the on/off status of the air
conditioner.
1.
Setting
Value
Monitor
Monitor Options
(Selected)
2.
3.
Value
Temperature
Cartesian Coordinates
4.
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named Temp at Inlet.
5.
Value
Option
Expression
Expression Value
TIn
6.
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named Temp at VentOut.
7.
Value
Option
Expression
Expression Value
TVentOut
8.
9.
Value
Option
Expression
Expression Value
ACOn
287
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
HVAC.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
ACOnStatus
Temp at Inlet
Temp at VentOut
Thermometer (Temperature)
2.
Click one of the plot lines to see the value of the plot variable at that point.
3.
It is difficult to see the plot values because all of the monitor points are plotted on the same scale. To see the
plots in more detail, try displaying subsets of them as follows:
1.
Right-click in the plot area and select Monitor Properties from the shortcut menu.
2.
In the Monitor Properties dialog box, on the Plot Lines tab, expand the USER POINT branch in the
tree.
3.
Clear the check boxes beside all of the monitor points except ACOnStatus, then click Apply.
4.
5.
In the Monitor Properties dialog box, toggle each of the check boxes beside the monitor points, so that
all of the monitor points are selected except for ACOnStatus, then click Apply.
6.
Observe the plots for Temp at Inlet, Temp at VentOut, and Thermometer (Temperature).
7.
4.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
5.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
6.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating Planes
In order to show the key features of the temperature distribution, create two planes colored by temperature as follows:
1.
Load the res file (HVAC_001.res) if you did not elect to load the results directly from CFX-Solver Manager.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer, select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
3.
Create a ZX-Plane named Plane 1 with Y=1.5 [m]. Color it by Temperature using a user specified
range from 19 [C] to 23 [C]. Turn off lighting (on the Render tab) so that the colors are accurate and can
be interpreted properly using the legend.
4.
Create an XY plane named Plane 2 with Z=0.35 [m]. Color it using the same settings as for the first
plane, and turn off lighting.
Creating an Isosurface
In order to show the plumes of cool air from the inlet vent, create a surface of constant temperature as follows:
. The Timestep Selector dialog box appears.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Color the isosurface by Temperature (select Use Plot Variable) and use the same color range as for
the planes. Although the color of the isosurface will not show variation (by definition), it will be consistent
with the coloration of the planes.
5.
On the Render tab for the isosurface, set Transparency to 0.5. Leave lighting turned on to help show the
3D shape of the isosurface.
6.
Click Apply.
Note
The isosurface will not be visible in some time steps, but you will be able to see it when playing
the animation (a step carried out later).
2.
3.
4.
2.
Click Apply.
289
Creating an Animation
Thermometer. Although this monitor point data is stored in the results file, it cannot be accessed. In order to
support the expression for TSensor, create a point called Thermometer at the same location:
1.
From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Point.
2.
3.
4.
Click Apply.
A marker appears at the thermometer location in the viewer.
Click Text
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Definition
Text String
Time Elapsed:
(Selected)a
Type
Time Value
The full text string should now be Time Elapsed: <aa>. The <aa> string represents the location where text is to be substituted.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Definition
Text String
Sensor Temperature:
Appearance
(Selected)
Type
Expression
Expression
TSensor
Height
0.03
6.
Click Apply.
7.
Creating an Animation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Further Steps
6.
Click New
to create KeyframeNo1.
7.
Select KeyframeNo1, then set # of Frames to 200, then press Enter while in the # of Frames box.
Tip
Be sure to press Enter and confirm that the new number appears in the list before continuing.
This will place 200 intermediate frames between the first and (yet to be created) second key frames, for a total
of 202 frames. This will produce an animation lasting about 8.4 s since the frame rate will be 24 frames per
second. Since there are 76 unique frames, each frame will be shown at least once.
8.
Use the Timestep Selector to load the last time value (225 s).
9.
to create KeyframeNo2.
The # of Frames parameter has no effect for the last keyframe, so leave it at the default value.
to expand the Animation dialog box.
Further Steps
This tutorial uses an aggressive flow rate of air, a coarse mesh, large time steps, and a low cap on the maximum
number of coefficient loops per time step. Running this tutorial with a flow rate of air that is closer to 5 changes
of air per hour (0.03 m3 s-1), a finer mesh, smaller time steps, and a larger cap on the maximum number of
coefficient loops, will produce more accurate results.
Running this simulation for a longer total time will allow you to see more on/off cycles of the air conditioner.
291
Defining a Case Using Eddy Dissipation and P1 Models in CFX-Pre (p. 297)
Defining a Simulation Using Laminar Flamelet and Discrete Transfer Models in ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 305)
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
Reacting Mixture
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Combustion
Radiation
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
293
Feature
Details
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
Wall: Thin Surface
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Other
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
This tutorial demonstrates two combustion and radiation model combinations. The simulation in the first part of
this tutorial uses the Eddy Dissipation combustion model and the P1 radiation model. The simulation in the second
part of this tutorial uses the Laminar Flamelet combustion model and the Discrete Transfer radiation model. The
NOx model is also included.
Different radiation models are used in this tutorial for demonstration purposes; the radiation models are independent
of the combustion models.
See Which Model is the Most Appropriate? (p. 230) in the ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide for a comparison
of the available combustion models:
Eddy Dissipation
Combined EDM/FRC
Laminar Flamelet
Burning Velocity
Due to the fact that the fuel (methane) and oxidizer (air) undergo fast combustion (whereby the combustion rate
is dominated by the rate of mixing of the materials), the Finite Rate Chemistry model is not a suitable combustion
model for the combustor in this tutorial. The Combined EDM/FRC model capability is a superset of the Eddy
Dissipation model capability, and has no benefit over the Eddy Dissipation model in this case. In fact, the convergence
behavior of the Combined EDM/FRC model may be worse than that of the Eddy Dissipation model.
The Eddy Dissipation model, the Laminar Flamelet model, and the Burning Velocity model are suitable for modeling
fast combustion. The Burning Velocity model capability is a superset of the Flamelet model capability, with the
extra capability of being able to handle premixed fuel/oxidizer. Because the combustor in this tutorial does not use
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
295
Eddy Dissipation model: The O-radical is not a component of the mixture; instead, its concentration is estimated
using the O2 concentration and temperature.
Flamelet model: The O-radical concentration is calculated from the Flamelet library, where its concentration
information is directly available.
For details on the Thermal NO mechanism, see Thermal NO (p. 220) in the ANSYS CFX-Solver Theory Guide.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
CombustorMesh.gtm
CombustorEDM.pre
CombustorFlamelet.pre
CombustorEDM.cfx
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
6.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CombustorMesh.gtm
Click Open.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Reacting Mixture
Material Group
Reactions List
Mixture
Properties
Mixture Properties
(Selected)
(Selected)
297
Setting
Value
(Selected)
Footnotes
1.
The Methane Air WD1 NO PDF reaction specifies complete combustion of the fuel into
its products in a single-step reaction. The formation of NO is also modeled and occurs in an
additional reaction step. Click
Library Data
2.
3.
Setting the radiation properties explicitly will significantly shorten the solution time because
the CFX-Solver will not have to calculate radiation mixture properties.
Click OK.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on. A domain named Default Domain should now appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Fluid 1
Thermal Energy
Eddy Dissipation
(Selected)
P1
(Selected)
Constraint
Fluid Models
Footnotes
3.
1.
It is important to set a realistic reference pressure in this tutorial because the components of
Methane Air Mixture are ideal gases.
2.
This includes a simple model for partial premixing effects by turning on the Product Limiter.
When it is selected, non-zero initial values are required for the products. The products limiter
is not recommended for multi-step eddy dissipation reactions, and so is set for this single step
reaction only.
Click OK.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
298
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
fuelin
40 [m s^-1]
300 [K]
Component Details
CH4
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
airin
10 [m s^-1]
300 [K]
Component Details
O2
Boundary Details
Footnote
1.
3.
The remaining mass fraction at the inlet will be made up from the constraint component, N2.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
299
Boundary Details
Setting
Value
Location
secairin
Normal Speed
6 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
300 [K]
Component Details
O2
Footnote
1.
3.
The remaining mass fraction at the inlet will be made up from the constraint component, N2.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
out
0 [Pa]
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
Vanes Boundary
The vanes above the main air inlet are to be modeled as thin surfaces. To create a vane as a thin surface in CFX-Pre,
you must specify a wall boundary on each side of the vanes.
You will first create a new region which contains one side of each of the eight vanes.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Dimension (Filter)
2D [1 (p. 300)]
Region List
Footnote
1.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Dimension (Filter)
2D
Region List
6.
Click OK.
7.
8.
9.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
Click OK.
For radiation purposes, the wall is assumed to be a perfectly absorbing and emitting surface (emissivity = 1).
The wall is non-catalytic, i.e., it does not take part in the reaction.
Since this tutorial serves as a basic model, heat transfer through the wall is neglected. As a result, no further boundary
conditions need to be defined.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global
Settings
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Automatic with Value
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
5 [m s^-1]
O2
Initial Conditions > Component Details > O2 > Mass Fraction 0.232 [1 (p. 302)]
Initial Conditions > Component Details
CO2
301
Setting
Value
0.01
H2O
0.01
Footnote
1.
3.
The initial conditions assume the domain consists mainly of air and the fraction of oxygen in
air is 0.232. A small mass fraction of reaction products (CO2 and H2O) is needed for the EDM
model to initiate combustion.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
100
Physical Timescale
0.025 [s]
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CombustorEDM.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
If a fine mesh is used for a formal quantitative analysis of the flow in the combustor, the solution time
will be significantly longer than for the coarse mesh. You can run the simulation in parallel to reduce
the solution time. For details, see Obtaining a Solution in Parallel (p. 102).
1.
2.
3.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
ZX Plane
Color
Mode
Variable
Temperature
Click Apply.
The large area of high temperature through most of the vessel is due to forced convection.
Note
Later in this tutorial (see Defining a Simulation Using Laminar Flamelet and Discrete Transfer Models
in ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 305)), the Laminar Flamelet combustion model will be used to simulate the
combustion again, resulting in an even higher concentration of high temperatures throughout the
combustor.
2.
Setting
Value
Color
NO.Mass Fraction
303
Click Apply.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Color Map
Inverse Greyscale
Click Apply.
Select Tools > Function Calculator or click the Calculators tab and select Function Calculator.
2.
Setting
3.
Value
massFlowAve
Location
out
Variable
NO.Mass Fraction
Click Calculate.
A small amount of NO is released from the outlet of the combustor. This amount is lower than can normally be
expected, and is mainly due to the coarse mesh and the short residence times in the combustor.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Plane 1
Symbol
Symbol Size
2
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
304
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Viewing Radiation
5.
Click Apply.
6.
7.
Setting
Value
Geometry
XY Plane
Definition > Z
0.03
Rectangular
0.5 [m]
0.5 [m]
(Selected)
30
30
Show Faces
(Cleared)
Render
8.
Click Apply.
9.
Modify Vector 1.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Plane 2
Viewing Radiation
Try examining the distribution of Incident Radiation and Radiation Intensity throughout the
domain.
When you are finished, quit CFD-Post.
305
If you have not completed the first part of this tutorial, or otherwise do not have the simulation file from the
first part, start CFX-Pre and then play the session file CombustorEDM.pre. The simulation file
CombustorEDM.cfx will be created. Be sure to close the case once the session has been played.
2.
If CFX-Pre is not already running, start it and load the simulation called CombustorEDM.cfx.
The simulation from the first part of this tutorial is loaded.
3.
4.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Reactions List
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Footnote
1.
3.
to display the Reactions List dialog box, then click Import Library
Click OK.
Note
Some physics validation messages appear after this reaction is selected. In this situation, the messages
can be safely ignored as the physics will be corrected once the domains and boundary conditions
are modified.
2.
Setting
Value
Fluid Models
PDF Flamelet
Discrete Transfer
N2
NO
Automatic
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Fuel
Component Details
NO
Mass Fraction
307
3.
Setting
Value
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Oxidizer
Component Details
NO
Mass Fraction
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Oxidizer
Component Details
NO
Mass Fraction
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global
Settings
NO
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Advanced
Options
(Selected)
(Selected)
(Selected)
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CombustorFlamelet.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
3.
When CFX-Solver is finished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
309
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
ZX Plane
Definition > Y
Mode
Variable
Temperature
Color
3.
Click Apply.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
NO.Mass Fraction
Click Apply.
Calculating NO Concentration
The next calculation shows the amount of NO at the outlet.
1.
Select Tools > Function Calculator or click the Calculators tab and select Function Calculator.
2.
Setting
3.
Value
massFlowAve
Location
out
Variable
NO.Mass Fraction
Click Calculate.
Viewing CO Concentration
The next plot will show the concentration of CO (carbon monoxide), which is a by-product of incomplete combustion
and is poisonous in significant concentrations. As you will see, the highest values are very close to the fuel inlet
and in the regions of highest temperature.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Color
CO.Mass Fraction
Range
Local
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
310
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click Apply.
Select Tools > Function Calculator or click the Calculators tab and select Function Calculator.
2.
Setting
3.
Value
massFlowAve
Location
out
Variable
CO.Mass Fraction
Click Calculate.
There is approximately 0.4% CO by mass in the outlet stream.
Further Postprocessing
1.
Try putting some plots of your choice into the Viewer. You can plot the concentration of other species and
compare values to those found for the Eddy Dissipation model.
2.
Examine the distribution of Incident Radiation and Radiation Intensity throughout the domain.
3.
Load one combustion model, then load the other using the Keep current cases loaded option in the Load
Results File dialog box. You can compare both models in the viewer at once, in terms of mass fractions of
various materials, as well as total temperature and other relevant measurements.
311
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using vector reduction in CFD-Post to clarify a vector plot with many arrows.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Isothermal
Multiphase
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Symmetry Plane
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Free-Slip
Timestep
CFX-Solver Manager
Restart
CFD-Post
Plots
Contour
Line Locator
Polyline
313
Feature
Details
Slice Plane
Streamline
Vector
Other
Chart Creation
Data Export
Printing
Title/Text
Variable Details View
In this tutorial, an initial solution with no cavitation is generated to provide an accurate initial guess for a full
cavitation solution, which is generated afterwards.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
HydrofoilExperimentalCp.csv
HydrofoilGrid.def
HydrofoilIni.pre
Hydrofoil.pre
HydrofoilIni_001.res
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
314
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
2.
Value
Files of type
File name
HydrofoilGrid.def
3.
Click Open.
4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
Loading Materials
Since this tutorial uses Water Vapour at 25 C and Water at 25 C, you need to load these materials.
1.
In the Outline tree view, right-click Materials and select Import Library Data.
The Select Library Data to Import dialog box is displayed.
2.
3.
Select both Water Vapour at 25 C and Water at 25 C by holding Ctrl when selecting.
4.
Click OK.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on. A domain named Default Domain should now appear under the Simulation > Flow
Analysis 1 branch.
2.
315
Under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete Fluid 1 and create a new fluid definition called Liquid
Water.
Use the
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Liquid Water
Fluid and Particle Definitions > Liquid Water > Material Water at 25 C
Fluid and Particle Definitions
Water Vapor
Water Vapour at 25 C
[1 (p. 316)]
Fluid Models
0 [atm]
(Selected)
Isothermal
300 [K]
k-Epsilon
Footnote
1.
4.
Click OK.
Inlet Boundary
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
IN
16.91 [m s^-1]
0.03
0.0076 [m]
Boundary Conditions
Liquid Water
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Setting
Value
Boundary Conditions
Water Vapor
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
OUT
Static Pressure
51957 [Pa]
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
BOT, TOP
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
SYM1
3.
Click OK.
1.
2.
317
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
SYM2
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Global
Settings
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Automatic with Value
Fluid
Settings
3.
Value
16.91 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Liquid Water
Water Vapor
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
100
Physical Timescale
0.01 [s]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
For the Convergence Criteria, an RMS value of at least 1e-05 is usually required for adequate
convergence, but the default value is sufficient for demonstration purposes.
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
HydrofoilIni.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
2.
3.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
2.
3.
319
Setting
Value
Geometry
XY Plane
Definition > Z
5e-5 [m]
Show Faces
(Cleared)
Render
4.
Click Apply.
5.
Create a new polyline named Foil by selecting Insert > Location > Polyline from the main menu.
6.
7.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Method
Boundary Intersection
Boundary List
Intersect With
Slice
Click Apply.
Zoom in on the center of the hydrofoil (near the cavity) to confirm the polyline wraps around the hydrofoil.
8.
Define the following expressions, remembering to click Apply after entering each definition:
Name
Definition
PCoef
FoilChord
Footnote
1.
9.
This creates a normalized chord, measured in the X direction, ranging from 0 at the leading
edge to 1 at the trailing edge of the hydrofoil.
Value
Method
Expression
Scalar
(Selected)
Expression
PCoef
Value
Method
Expression
Scalar
(Selected)
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Value
Expression
FoilChord
Note
Although the variables that were just created are only needed at points along the polyline, they exist
throughout the domain.
Now that the variables Chord and Pressure Coefficient exist, they can be associated with the previously
defined polyline (the locator) to form a chart line. This chart line will be added to the chart object, which is created
next.
1.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
General
Title
Data Series
Name
Solver Cp
Location
Foil
Chord
X Axis
Y Axis
(Cleared)
Pressure Coefficient
-0.5
0.4
(Selected)
(Cleared)
Pressure Coefficient
4.
Click Apply.
5.
321
Setting
Value
Options
File
NoCavCpData.csv
Locations
Foil
Select Variables
Footnote
1.
3.
Click Save.
The file NoCavCpData.csv will be written in the working directory.
2.
In the next part of this tutorial, the solver will be run with cavitation turned on. Similar post-processing follows,
and the effect of cavitation on the pressure distribution around the hydrofoil will be illustrated in a chart.
2.
3.
4.
Adding Cavitation
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Fluid Pair
Models
Cavitation
(Selected)
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Footnote
1.
3.
Although saturation pressure is optional, it must be set for this example. It is optional because
saturation pressure can also be set by setting a homogeneous binary mixture, but one has not
been used in this tutorial.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Run Definition
Footnote
1.
You do not need to set the path unless you are planning on saving the solver file somewhere
other than the working directory.
3.
Confirm that the rest of the execution control settings are set appropriately.
4.
Click OK.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File and
execution control settings are set.
2.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
323
2.
Setting
Value
Run Definition
Selected
Footnote
1.
Click Browse
4.
5.
Note
The experimental data is provided in <CFXROOT>/examples/HydrofoilExperimentalCp.csv
which must be copied to your working directory before proceeding with this part of the tutorial.
Note
If using ANSYS Workbench, CFD-Post will already be in the state in which you left it in the first part
of this tutorial. In this case, proceed to step 5 below.
1.
2.
3.
Select Cp_plot.cst.
4.
Click Open.
5.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.
8.
Setting
Value
Data Series
Name
This reflects the fact that the user-defined variable Pressure Coefficient is now based on the current
results.
9.
Click Apply.
You will now add the chart line from the first simulation.
Setting
Value
Geometry
File
NoCavCpData.csv
Setting
Value
Data Series
Name
Solver Cp - no cavitation
Location
NoCavCpPolyline
(Selected)
Chord on NoCavCpPolyline
325
Setting
Value
Data Series
Name
Experimental Cp - with
cavitation
(Selected)
HydrofoilExperimentalCp.csv
Automatic
Rectangle
Line Display
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Moving mesh
Movie creation
Monitoring points.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Transient
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
None
Output Control
CEL (CFX Expression Language)
Boundary Conditions
Opening
Symmetry
Wall
Timestep
Transient
Plots
Animation
Point
Slice Plane
Vector
Other
Opening
327
Feature
Details
Symmetry Plane
Wall: No Slip
Wall: Moving
Check valves are commonly used to allow unidirectional flow of liquids and act as pressure-relieving devices. The
check valve for this tutorial comprises of a ball connected to a spring, with a stiffness constant of 300 N/m. The
ball is made of steel with density of 7800 kg/m3 and 4 mm diameter. The liquid medium for this tutorial comprises
of a tank region filled with Methanol (CH4O) at 25 C and 1 atm, which is located below the valve housing region.
High pressure from the liquid (6 atm relative pressure at the tank opening) causes the ball to move up, thus allowing
the fluid to leave. The spring pushes the ball downward when the ball is raised above its initial position. The pressure
variation causes the ball to oscillate along y-axis as a result of an imbalance in the spring forces; the ball stops
moving when forces on it are in equilibrium. The forces on the ball are the force due to the spring (not shown in
the figure) and the force due to fluid flow. Gravity is neglected here for simplicity. The ball is represented as a
cavity region in the mesh.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
mBall
d
dt
(Eq. 22.1)
where mBall is the mass of the ball (which is constant), velBall is the velocity of the ball in the y coordinate direction,
FFlow is the flow (viscous and drag) force acting on the ball, and FSpring is the spring force acting on the ball.
The left hand side of the equation is discretized to include an expression for the new displacement of the ball (relative
to the spring's neutral position). The time derivative of the ball velocity is discretized as:
d
dt
( velBall) =
velBallNew velBallOld
tStep
(Eq. 22.2)
velBallNew =
dBallNew dBallOld
tStep
(Eq. 22.3)
The new displacement of the ball also appears in the expression for spring force:
(Eq. 22.4)
The discrete form of the equation of motion for the ball is re-assembled, and the ball displacement is isolated as:
dBallNew =
mBall
kSpring+
tStep 2
(Eq. 22.5)
No further substitutions are required because all of these quantities are available through the CFX Expression
Language as presented later in this tutorial.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
ValveFSI.pre
ValveFSI_expressions.ccl
ValveFSI.out
329
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears.
2.
Value
Files of type
PATRAN Neutral
File name
ValveFSI.out
mm [1 (p. 330)]
Footnote
1.
3.
This mesh was created using units of millimeters; however, the units are not stored with this
type of mesh. Set Mesh Units to mm when importing the mesh into CFX-Pre so that the mesh
remains the intended size.
Click Open.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Select ValveFSI_expressions.ccl
This file contains following expressions that are used later in the tutorial:
Expression
Name
Purpose
Definition
tStep
5.0e-5 [s]
tTotal
7.5e-3 [s]
dBallNew
dBallNumer/dBallDenom
kSpring
300 [N m^-1]
denBall
volBall
mBall
denBall * volBall
FFlow
force_y()@Ball
velBallOld
[1 (p. 331)]
FFlow + mBall*velBallOld/tStep
+ mBall*dBallOld/tStep^2
dBallDenom
kSpring+mBall/tStep^2
Footnote
1.
These expressions use areaAve function calls that are evaluated using solution data from the
end of the previous time step; These calls are not updated during the solution of the mesh
displacement equations. Thus, dBallOld and velBallOld represent the required old values.
3.
4.
Click Open.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Transient
331
3.
Setting
Value
tStep
0 [s]
Click OK.
Note
You may ignore the physics validation message regarding the lack of transient results files. You will set
up transient results files later.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on.
A domain named Default Domain should appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Fluid Domain
Fluid 1
1 [atm]
Isothermal
25 [C]
Footnotes
1.
b.
c.
In that dialog box, expand Constant Property Liquids in the tree, select
Methanol CH4O, and click OK.
d.
Select Methanol CH4O in the Material dialog box and click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
The Regions of Motion Specified option permits wall boundaries and subdomains to move,
and makes mesh motion settings available.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Location
CV3D SUB
Mesh Motion
Option
Footnote
1.
3.
The stationary option for the tank volume (subdomain) ensures that the mesh does not fold at
the sharp corner that exists where the valve joins the tank.
Click OK.
Mesh deformation specifications are applied to two and three dimensional regions of the domain (that is, to boundaries
and subdomains, respectively). For example, the Ball boundary uses mesh motion specification in the form of
ball displacement, which is given by the expression dBallNew. However, mesh deformation specifications are
also used in this tutorial to help ensure that the mesh does not fold, as set for the Tank subdomain, earlier in the
tutorial, and the TankOpen boundary (see below).
Ball Boundary
To move the ball, create a wall boundary with a displacement in the Y direction given by the expression dBallNew.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
BALL
Boundary Details
333
3.
Setting
Value
Specified Displacement
0 [m]
dBallNew
0 [m]
Click OK.
Symmetry Boundary
Because a 2D representation of the flow field is being modeled (using a 3D mesh with one element thickness in the
Z direction), symmetry boundaries will be created on the low and high Z 2D regions of the mesh.
1.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
SYMP1, SYMP2
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
Boundary Details
Footnote
1.
3.
The Unspecified setting allows the mesh nodes to move freely. The motion of the mesh points
on this boundary will be strongly influenced by the motion of the ball. Because the ball moves
vertically, the surrounding mesh nodes will also move vertically and will therefore remain on
the valve housing. This mesh motion specification helps to preserve the quality of the mesh
on the upper surface of the ball.
Click OK.
334
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Opening
Location
BOTTOM
Entrainment
Zero Gradient
Boundary Details
Footnotes
3.
1.
This value is based on the problem statement. Remember to use the [atm] units for this setting.
2.
The stationary option for the tank opening prevents the mesh nodes from moving (If the tank
opening had unspecified mesh motion, the mesh nodes on this boundary would move vertically
and separate from the non-vertical parts of the boundary).
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Opening
Location
TOP
Entrainment
Zero Gradient
Boundary Details
Footnotes
3.
1.
This pressure value is relative to the fluid domain's reference pressure of 1 [atm].
2.
The stationary option for the valve opening prevents the mesh nodes from moving.
Click OK.
Note
Opening boundary types are used to allow the flow to leave and re-enter the domain across the inflow
and outflow boundaries. This behavior is expected due to the oscillatory motion of the ball and due to
the potentially large region of flow re-circulation that will occur on the downstream side of the ball.
335
The Global Initialization form will appear with the Option for each variable set to Automatic with
Value.
2.
Setting
Value
Global Settings
0 [m s^-1]
[1 (p. 336)]
0.1 [m s^-1]
[2 (p. 336)]
0 [m s^-1]
[1 (p. 336)]
0 [Pa]
Footnotes
3.
1.
This setting implies that the fluid flow is initially in the y direction only.
2.
This is an initial velocity to maintain unidirectional fluid flow in the positive y-direction and
to prevent initial backflow in the check-valve. The actual values could be derived from the
steady state analysis (not considered for this tutorial).
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Click OK.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Option
Selected Variables
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Value
Pressure, Velocity
(Selected)
Time Interval
tStep
Footnotes
1.
2.
This causes the gradients of the selected variables to be written to the transient results files,
along with other information.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
ValveFSI.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
5.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
337
3.
Click the User Points tab and monitor the value of Ball Displacement as the solution proceeds.
The largest value of ball displacement occurs at around 20th timestep and the oscillations begin to settle down
after around 100 timesteps.
4.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
5.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
6.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
XY Plane
Definition > Z
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
Render
Footnote
1.
4.
This setting creates an XY plane that lies midway between the two symmetry planes.
Creating a Point
1.
Create a point at (0, 0.0003, 0.0001) using the XYZ method. This is a reference point for the low Y
point of the ball at timestep 0. Click Apply.
2.
and load the results for a few different timesteps, selecting one entry at a time.
Click Timestep Selector
For example, double-click rows with the step values of 0, 10, 20, 50, and 90 to see the ball in different positions.
The mesh deformation will also be visible.
The maximum displacement, which was also monitored earlier in the CFX-Solver, occurs at around 20 timesteps
before the ball reaches equilibrium.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Create a vector plot, set Locations to Plane 1 and leave Variable set to Velocity. Click Apply.
3.
4.
Click Animation
2.
Click New
3.
Highlight KeyframeNo1, then change # of Frames to 148. This will produce an animation keyframe
at each time step, resulting in a movie that plays for just over six seconds.
to create KeyframeNo1.
6.
7.
Click New
to create KeyframeNo2.
The # of Frames parameter has no effect for the last keyframe, so leave it at the default value.
to expand the Animation dialog box.
2.
3.
Click the Options button to open the Animation Options dialog box.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click OK.
8.
9.
next to Save Movie and set a file name for the movie file.
If the file path is not given, the file will be saved in the working directory.
11. Click Open. This sets the movie file name and path, but does not create the movie.
12. If frame 1 is not loaded (shown in the F: text box at the bottom of the Animation dialog box), click
to load it.
To Beginning
Wait for CFD-Post to finish loading the objects for this frame before proceeding.
13. Click Play the animation
The movie is created as the animation proceeds. This will be slow because a timestep must be loaded and
objects must be created for each frame. To view the movie file, you need to use a viewer that supports
the MPEG format.
8.
339
Defining the Physics and ANSYS Multi-field Settings in ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 352)
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Moving mesh
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Transient
ANSYS Multi-field
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
Laminar
Heat Transfer
None
Output Control
Monitor Points
Transient Results File
Boundary Details
341
CFD-Post
Feature
Details
Timestep
Transient
Plots
Animation
Contour
Vector
An initial pressure of 100 Pa is applied to one side of the thin plate for 0.5 seconds in order to distort it. Once this
pressure is released, the plate oscillates backwards and forwards as it attempts to regain its equilibrium (vertical)
position. The surrounding fluid damps the plate oscillations, thereby decreasing the amplitude of oscillations with
time. The CFX solver calculates how the fluid responds to the motion of the plate, and the ANSYS solver calculates
how the plate deforms as a result of both the initial applied pressure and the pressure resulting from the presence
of the fluid. Coupling between the two solvers is required since the structural deformation affects the fluid solution,
and the fluid solution affects the structural deformation.
342
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
A Save As dialog box appears. Select the path to your working directory to store files created during this
tutorial. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory.
3.
Expand the Analysis Systems option in the toolbox, located on the left side of the ANSYS Workbench window,
and select the Transient Structural (ANSYS) template. Double-click the template, or drag it onto the Project
Schematic to create a standalone system.
A Transient Structural (ANSYS) system is added to the Project Schematic, with its name selected and ready
to be renamed.
2.
Type in the new name, Structural, to replace the selected text. This name will be used while referring to
the Transient Structural (ANSYS) system in this tutorial.
If you missed seeing the selected text, right-click the first cell in the system and select Rename as shown in
the following figure. The name will then be selected and ready to change.
3.
Now right-click the Setup cell in the Structural system and select Transfer Data to New > Fluid Flow (CFX).
A Fluid Flow system, coupled to the ANSYS system, is added to the Project Schematic.
4.
Change the name of this system to Fluid; this name will be used while referring to the Fluid Flow (CFX)
system in this tutorial.
343
In the Structural system, right-click the Solution cell and select Delete.
2.
Click OK on the pop-up message box to confirm the deletion of the cell with the solution data from the Structural
system.
The Solution and Results cells disappear from the Structural system. The updated project is shown in Figure 23.1,
Project setup for two-way FSI analysis (p. 344).
3.
Now from the main menu, select File > Save to save the project setup.
The Structural and Fluid systems contain various cells and ANSYS Workbench provides visual indications of a
cell's state at any given time via icons on the right side of each cell. In Figure 23.1, Project setup for two-way FSI
analysis (p. 344), most cells appear with a blue question mark (?), indicating that cells need to be set up before
continuing the analysis. As these cells are set up, the data transfer occurs from top to bottom. See Understanding
States in ANSYS Workbench help for a description of various cell states.
Now the project is ready for further processing. A project with inter-connected systems enables you to perform the
analysis by adding a new material, sharing the geometry, setting up the physics in the Structural system, and setting
up the physics in the Fluid system. Later, the analysis will be performed in the Fluid system for solving and viewing
results.
In Figure 23.1, Project setup for two-way FSI analysis (p. 344), the Engineering Data cell appears in an up-to-date
state, because a default material definition is already available for the project. However, the default material is not
used in this tutorial. Thus, the next step in the analysis is to add a new material with properties desired for exhibiting
an oscillation under the influence of external pressure, as outlined in Overview of the Problem to Solve (p. 342).
The new material can be created using the Engineering Data application in ANSYS Workbench, as described in
the next section.
On the Project Schematic, double-click the Engineering Data cell in the Structural system.
The Outline and Properties windows appear below the Project Schematic.
2.
3.
In the Outline of Schematic A2: Engineering Data window, click the empty row at the bottom of the table
to add a new material for the project. Type in the name Plate.
Plate is created and appears with a blue question mark (?), indicating that plate properties need to be defined.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Now from toolboxes located on the left side of the ANSYS Workbench window, expand the Physical Properties
toolbox. Select Density and drag it onto the cell containing Plate in the Outline of Schematic A2: Engineering
Data window.
Density is added as the plate property in the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window, as shown in the
following figure.
5.
In the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window, set Density to 2550 [kg m^-3].
6.
Similarly, from the Linear Elastic toolbox, drag Isotropic Elasticity onto Plate in the Outline of Schematic
A2: Engineering Data window.
Isotropic Elasticity is added as the plate property in the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window.
7.
In the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window, expand Isotropic Elasticity by clicking on the plus sign.
Now set Young's Modulus to 2.5e06 [Pa] and Poisson's Ratio to 0.35.
Now the desired plate data is created and will be available to remaining cells in the Structural system. The next step
is to set Plate as the default material for the analysis as outlined below:
1.
In the Outline of Schematic A2: Engineering Data window, under Material, right-click Plate to open the
shortcut menu.
2.
3.
Now from the main menu, select File > Save to save material settings to the project.
Now from the ANSYS Workbench toolbar, click Return to Project to close the Engineering Data workspace and
return to the Project Schematic. The Outline and Properties windows disappear.
345
On Project Schematic, right-click the Geometry cell in the Structural system and select Import Geometry >
Browse. In the Open dialog box, select OscillatingPlate.agdb from your working directory. For
details, see Preparing a Working Directory.
The geometry is included in the project and Geometry cells appear in an up-to-date state in both the Structural
and Fluid systems.
2.
In the Structural system, double-click the Geometry cell to edit the geometry using DesignModeler.
Note
The Geometry cell in the Fluid system cannot be edited because it is being shared with the Geometry
cell in the Structural system.
In DesignModeler, the Tree Outline contains two bodies, Fluid body and Solid body, under the branch named 2
Parts, 2 Bodies, as shown in the following figure.
The Fluid body appears in a suppressed state, shown with an x mark, implying that the body is not visible. When
a body is suppressed in DesignModeler, its model data is not exported to subsequent cells in the analysis systems.
For this tutorial, all bodies will be unsuppressed in DesignModeler so that all geometry data is transferred to the
subsequent cells in the Structural and Fluid systems. Later in the tutorial, the Solid and Fluid body will be selectively
suppressed in the Structural and Fluid systems, respectively, before generating an appropriate structural or fluid
mesh.
1.
In the Tree Outline, right-click the Fluid and select Unsuppress Body.
The status of the Fluid body changes to a green check mark.
2.
In the Tree Outline, select the branch named 2 Parts, 2 Bodies, both the Fluid and Solid bodies should be
visible in the Graphics window. Click Zoom to Fit
This finishes the geometry setup for the project. Save these changes by selecting File > Save Project from the main
menu, and select File > Close DesignModeler to return to the Project Schematic.
Now the updated geometry is available for both the Structural and Fluid systems.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
On the Project Schematic, double-click the Model cell in the Structural system.
The Mechanical application appears.
2.
In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model > Geometry in the tree view.
Two geometries, Solid and Fluid, appear in the tree view. Click Zoom to Fit
the Graphics window.
For the Structural system, the mesh needs to be generated from the Solid body. As such, the Fluid body will
be suppressed before the mesh generation operation.
3.
Right-click the Fluid geometry and select Suppress Body from the shortcut menu.
The Fluid body becomes suppressed and its status changes to an x mark. Click Zoom to Fit
model suitable for viewing in the Graphics window.
4.
to re-size the
In the tree view, right-click Mesh and select Generate Mesh from the shortcut menu.
The hex mesh is generated.
In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model > Geometry in the tree view and select Solid.
The details of Solid appear in the Details view below the Outline tree view.
2.
In the Details view, ensure Material > Assignment is set to Plate. Otherwise, click on the material name
and use the arrow that appears next to the material name to make appropriate changes.
In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model > Transient in the tree view and select Analysis
Settings.
The details of Analysis Settings appear in the Details view below the Outline tree view.
2.
In the Details view, specify the following settings under Step Controls:
Note
Do not type in units while entering data for the time settings, Time Step and Step End Time.
Inserting Loads
The loads applied for the finite element analysis are equivalent to the boundary conditions in fluid analysis. In this
section, you will set a fixed support, a fluid-solid interface, and a pressure load. On the surfaces of the plate that lie
coincident with the symmetry planes, no loads are set. As a result, the default of an unconstrained condition will
be applied on these surfaces. For this particular application, this is a reasonable approximation of the frictionless
support that would otherwise be applied.
347
Inserting Loads
Fixed Support
The fixed support is required to hold the bottom of the thin plate in place.
1.
In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model and right-click Transient in the tree view and select
Insert > Fixed Support from the shortcut menu.
2.
button so that the bottom (low-y) face of the solid is visible, then
Fluid-Solid Interface
The fluid-solid interface defines the interface between the fluid in the Fluid system and the solid in the Structural
system. This interface is defined on regions in the structural model. Data is exchanged across this interface during
the execution of the simulation.
1.
In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model and right-click Transient in the tree view and select
Insert > Fluid Solid Interface from the shortcut menu.
2.
Using the same face-selection procedure described earlier in Fixed Support (p. 348), select the three faces of
the geometry that form the interface between the structural model and the fluid model (low-x, high-y and high-x
faces) by holding down Ctrl to select multiple faces.
Note that this load (fluid-solid interface) is automatically given an interface number of 1.
Pressure Load
The pressure load provides the initial additional pressure of 100 [Pa] for the first 0.5 seconds of the simulation.
It is defined using a step function.
1.
In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model and right-click Transient in the tree view and select
Insert > Pressure from the shortcut menu.
2.
3.
In the Details view, select Magnitude, and using the arrow that appears, select Tabular data.
4.
Under Tabular Data at the bottom right of the Mechanical application window, set a pressure of 100 in the
table row corresponding to a time of 0.
Note
Do not type in units while entering the tabular data. The units for time and pressure in this table
are the global units of [s] and [Pa], respectively.
5.
You now need to add two new rows to the table. This can be done by typing the new time and pressure data
into the empty row at the bottom of the table, and rows will be automatically re-ordered based on the time
value. Enter a pressure of 100 for a time value of 0.499, and a pressure of 0 for a time value of 0.5.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
In the Structural system, right-click the Setup cell and select Update from the shortcut menu.
The status of the Setup cell changes to up-to-date. Now all cells in the Structural system should appear in an
up-to-date state.
2.
Now from the main menu, select File > Save to save the project.
This completes the setup for the Structural system. In the next section, the Fluid system will be set up.
As the Geometry cell is already up to date for both the Solid and Fluid systems, the next section begins with the
setup of Mesh cell. Before generating mesh for the Fluid system, geometry faces will be grouped by creating Named
Selections in the Meshing application as discussed in the next section.
On the Project Schematic, right-click the Mesh cell in the Fluid system and select Edit to open the model in
the Meshing application.
2.
Ensure that the Meshing application is open. If you find that CFX-Mesh is open, then close it and return to the
Meshing application by selecting File > Close CFX-Mesh from the CFX-Mesh's main menu.
If CFX-Mesh opens initially, then a default mesh method, CFX-Mesh Method, is added to the model in the
Meshing application. For this tutorial, it is required that you remove any existing mesh methods from the
model; the instructions to do this will be revisited later in Generating the Mesh for the Fluid System (p. 351).
Note
If you have configured the Meshing application to use CFX-Mesh as the default mesh method, then
upon editing the Mesh cell for the first time, the Meshing application will load initially and will be
replaced by CFX-Mesh automatically. However, if you are editing the Mesh cell in a subsequent
attempt, then only the Meshing application opens.
Typically, the Meshing application and CFX-Mesh can be identified from their tree views, as shown in the
following figure. In the Meshing application, Project appears as the top-level item in the tree view, whereas
Model is the top-level item in the tree view of CFX-Mesh. Also, notice differences in names of the tree view
windows, Outline versus Tree View.
349
Now create a Named Selection, Sym1, by selecting the high-z face of the Fluid body, as outlined below. The
procedure to create the Named Selections is outlined below:
1.
In the Meshing application, expand Project > Model > Geometry in the tree view.
Two items, Fluid body and Solid body, appear under the Geometry tree object.
2.
Right-click the Solid body and select Suppress Body from the shortcut menu.
The Solid body becomes suppressed and its status changes to an x mark.
3.
In the tree view, right-click the Fluid body and select Create Selection Group from the shortcut menu.
The Selection Name dialog box appears.
4.
In the Selection Name dialog box, type in Sym1 for the name of the selection group.
A Named Selections branch is added to the tree view.
5.
6.
In the Details view, click 1 Body to make the Apply button appear.
7.
Similarly, create another Named Selection, Sym2 by selecting the low-z face of the Fluid body, as outlined below:
1.
In the tree view, right-click the Fluid body and select Create Selection Group from the shortcut menu.
The Selection Name dialog box appears.
2.
In the Selection Name dialog box, type in Sym2 for the name of the selection group.
Sym2 is added to the Named Selection branch in the tree view.
3.
350
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
In the Details view, click 1 Body to make the Apply button appear.
5.
This finishes the creation of Named Selections on the Fluid body. Do not close the Meshing application yet, the
tutorial continues to set up mesh settings and generate mesh for the Fluid system in the next section.
In the Meshing application, expand Project > Model > Geometry in the tree view.
Two geometries, Solid and Fluid, appear under Geometry.
For the Fluid system, the mesh needs to be generated from the Fluid body, thus the Solid body will be suppressed.
The mesh for the Solid body has already been generated earlier in this tutorial.
2.
In the tree view, expand Project > Model > Mesh and ensure that the Mesh branch does not contain any other
objects. Otherwise, right-click such objects and select Delete from the shortcut menu.
Typically, if you have configured the Meshing application to use CFX-Mesh for meshing, then CFX-Mesh
Method is added as a default mesh method under the Mesh branch. In such a case, right-click CFX-Mesh
Method and select Delete to remove it from the Mesh branch.
3.
4.
5.
Now in the tree view, right-click Mesh and select Insert > Method from the shortcut menu.
Method is added to Mesh branch in the tree view. In the details view, Apply and Cancel buttons appear next
to the Geometry Setting.
6.
Click anywhere on the geometry in the viewer to select the Fluid body.
7.
In the details view, click on the Apply button next to the Geometry setting.
Notice Scope > Geometry is now set to 1 Body.
8.
9.
In the details view, set the following mesh settings in the following order:
1.
2.
3.
Now in the tree view, right-click Mesh and select Generate Mesh from the shortcut menu.
The mesh is generated.
10. This finishes the mesh generation for the Fluid system. From the main menu, select File > Save Project to
save these changes to the project, and select File > Close Meshing to return to the Project Schematic.
On the Project Schematic, the Mesh cell in the Fluid system appears in an update-required state.
Right-click the Mesh cell and select Update from the shortcut menu.
Updating of the Meshing cell is required as opening ANSYS CFX-Pre, from the Setup cell, with an out-of-date
Meshing cell can potentially corrupt the project.
351
On the Project Schematic, double-click the Setup cell in the Fluid system to launch the ANSYS CFX-Pre
application.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
ANSYS MultiField
Total Time
Coupling Time Control > Coupling Time Duration > Total 5 [s]
Time
Coupling Time Control > Coupling Time Steps > Option Timesteps
Coupling Time Control > Coupling Time Steps >
Timesteps
0.1 [s]
Transient
Coupling Time
Duration a
Coupling Timesteps a
Once the timesteps and time duration are specified for the ANSYS Multi-field run (coupling run), CFX automatically picks up these
settings and it is not possible to set the timestep and time duration independently. Hence the only option available for Time Duration is
Coupling Time Duration, and similarly for the related settings Time Step and Initial Time.
4.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click Material
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Pure Substance
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
Liquid
1 [kg kmol^-1] a
1 [kg m^-3] b
(Selected)
0.2 [Pa s] b
Material
Properties
The molar mass is not used for this tutorial setup and has been set only for the completeness of the fluid property.
The fluid properties are chosen to ensure that the plate generates a reasonable amplitude of vibration that doesn't decay too fast under
the influence of fluid.
b
3.
Click OK.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on. A domain named Default Domain should now appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Fluid 1
Fluid
1 [atm] a
Regions of Motion
Specified
None
None (Laminar)
Fluid Models
The reference pressure has no effect on this simulation so leave it as the default.
3.
Click OK.
353
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
ANSYS MultiField
FSIN_1
Total Force
Boundary Details
Alternatively, the geometry faces could be grouped together and named using Named Selections in the Meshing application.
3.
Click OK.
Symmetry Boundaries
Since a 2D representation of the flow field is being modeled (using a 3D mesh with one element thickness in the Z
direction) symmetry boundaries will be created on the low and high Z 2D regions of the mesh.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
Sym1
3.
Click OK.
4.
354
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
Sym2
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Global Settings
0 [m s^-1] a
0 [m s^-1] a
0 [m s^-1] a
These settings ensure that the fluid is at rest initially, and the flow is generated by the initial motion of the plate.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
355
Setting
Value
FZ
(Selected)
(Selected)
1a
UZ
(Selected)
(Selected)
1a
a
Since the Z component of both the force (FZ) and resultant displacement (UZ) are negligible for this 2-D case, their convergence targets
are set to large values in order to negate their influence when determining load convergence.
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Option
Selected Variables
5.
6.
7.
2.
356
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.
8.
Click OK.
The settings for fluid physics are now complete. From the main menu, select File > Save Project to save these
changes to the project, and select File > Quit to close ANSYS CFX-Pre and return to the Project Schematic.
On the Project Schematic, double-click the Solution cell in the Fluid system to launch the ANSYS CFX-Solver
Manager application.
ANSYS Workbench generates the CFX-Solver input file and passes it to ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager.
2.
In ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager, ensure that Define Run dialog box is displayed.
On the Define Run dialog box, Solver Input File is set automatically by ANSYS Workbench. The CFX-Solver
input file contains settings for an ANSYS Multi-field simulation, thus MultiField tab appears on the Define
Run dialog box.
3.
On the MultiField tab, ANSYS Input File is set automatically by ANSYS Workbench.
4.
On UNIX systems, you may need to manually specify where the ANSYS installation is if it is not in the default
location. In this case, you must provide the path to the v121/ansys directory.
5.
Note
On the Run Definition tab, the Initialization Option field is set to Current Solution Data (if possible),
its default setting. These runs use the results from any previous solution run as initial values for a
subsequent update. This may not be desirable when restarting transient runs, which typically need to
start from the initial conditions specified in the Setup cell. See Properties View (p. 54) in the ANSYS
CFX Introduction for more details.
The run begins by some initial processing of the ANSYS Multi-field input which results in the creation of a file
containing the necessary multi-field commands for ANSYS, and then the ANSYS Solver is started. The CFX Solver
is then started in such a way that it knows how to communicate with the ANSYS Solver.
After the run is under way, two new plots appear in ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager:
ANSYS Field Solver (Structural) This plot is produced only when the solid physics is set to use large
displacements or when other non-linear analyses are performed. It shows convergence of the ANSYS Solver.
Full details of the quantities are described in the ANSYS user documentation. In general, the CRIT quantities
are the convergence criteria for each relevant variable, and the L2 quantities represent the L2 Norm of the
relevant variable. For convergence, the L2 Norm should be below the criteria. The x-axis of the plot is the
cumulative iteration number for ANSYS, which does not correspond to either timesteps or stagger iterations.
Several ANSYS iterations will be performed for each timestep, depending on how quickly ANSYS converges.
You will usually see a somewhat spiky plot, as each quantity will be unconverged at the start of each timestep,
and then convergence will improve.
ANSYS Interface Loads (Structural) This plot shows the convergence for each quantity that is part of the
data exchanged between the CFX and ANSYS Solvers. Six lines appear, corresponding to three force components
(FX, FY, and FZ) and three displacement components (UX, UY, and UZ). Each quantity is converged when
the plot shows a negative value. The x-axis of the plot corresponds to the cumulative number of stagger iterations
(coupling iterations) and there are several of these for every timestep. Again, a spiky plot is expected as the
quantities will not be converged at the start of a timestep.
357
Click the User Points tab and watch how the top of the plate displaces as the solution develops.
When the solver run has finished, a completion message appears in a dialog box.
2.
Click OK.
From the main menu, select File > Quit to close ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager and return to the Project Schematic.
Turn on the visibility of Default Boundary (under ANSYS at 5s > Default Domain).
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Z. Zoom into the
plate to see it clearly.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
4.
Click Apply.
5.
Select Tools > Timestep Selector from the task bar to open the Timestep Selector dialog box. Notice that a
separate list of timesteps is available for each results file loaded, although for this case the lists are the same.
By default, Sync Cases is set to By Time Value which means that each time you change the timestep for
one results file, CFD-Post will automatically load the results corresponding to the same time value for all other
results files.
6.
7.
The corresponding transient results are loaded and you can see the mesh move in both the CFX and ANSYS regions.
1.
Turn off the visibility of Default Boundary (under ANSYS at 1s > Default Domain).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating an Animation
2.
Create a contour plot, set Locations to ANSYS > Default Boundary and Fluid > Sym2, and set Variable
to Total Mesh Displacement. Click Apply.
3.
Using the timestep selector, load time value 0.8 [s] (which is where the maximum total mesh displacement
occurs).
This verifies that the contours of Total Mesh Displacement are continuous through both the ANSYS and
CFX regions.
Many FSI cases will have only relatively small mesh displacements, which can make visualization of the mesh
displacement difficult. ANSYS CFD-Post allows you to visually magnify the mesh deformation for ease of viewing
such displacements. Although it is not strictly necessary for this case, which has mesh displacements which are
easily visible unmagnified, this is illustrated by the next few instructions.
1.
Using the timestep selector, load time value 0.1 [s] (which has a much smaller mesh displacement than the
currently loaded timestep).
2.
Place the mouse over somewhere in the viewer where the background color is showing. Right-click and select
Deformation > Auto. Notice that the mesh displacements are now exaggerated. The Auto setting is calculated
to make the largest mesh displacement a fixed percentage of the domain size.
3.
To return the deformations to their true scale, right-click and select Deformation > True Scale.
Creating an Animation
1.
Using the Timestep Selector dialog box, ensure the time value of 0.1 [s] is loaded.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Pressure
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Create a vector plot, set Locations to Sym1 and leave Variable set to Velocity. Set Color to be Constant
and choose black. Click Apply.
7.
Turn on the visibility of Default Boundary (under ANSYS at 0.1s > Default Domain), and set
Color to a constant blue.
8.
Click Animation
Click New
to create KeyframeNo1.
2.
3.
4.
Click New
to create KeyframeNo2.
The # of Frames parameter has no effect for the last keyframe, so leave it at the default value.
5.
6.
7.
Click Browse
next to Save Movie to set a path and file name for the movie file.
359
Creating an Animation
If the file path is not given, the file will be saved in the directory from which CFD-Post was launched.
8.
Click Save.
The movie file name (including path) will be set, but the movie will not be created yet.
9.
If frame 1 is not loaded (shown in the F: text box in the middle of the Animation dialog box), click To
Beginning
to load it.
Wait for CFD-Post to finish loading the objects for this frame before proceeding.
The movie will be created as the animation proceeds. This will be slow, since a timestep must be loaded
and objects must be created for each frame. To view the movie file, you need to use a viewer that supports
the MPEG format.
11. Save the results by selecting File > Save Project from the main menu.
When you are finished viewing results in ANSYS CFD-Post, return to the Project Schematic and select File > Exit
to exit from ANSYS Workbench.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
Some of the instructions in this tutorial assume that you have sufficient licensing to have multiple
applications open. If you do not have sufficient licensing, you may not be able to keep as many of the
applications open as this tutorial suggests. In this case, simply close the applications as you finish with
them.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Using design points to manually vary characteristics of the problem to see how you can improve the mixing.
Using Design Exploration to vary characteristics of the problem programmatically to find an optimal design.
Component
Feature
DesignModeler
Details
Geometry Creation
Named Selections
CFX-Mesh
CFX-Pre
Mesh Creation
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
361
Feature
Details
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall: No-Slip
Wall: Adiabatic
Timescale
Physical Timescale
Expressions
CFD-Post
Expressions
Parameters
Design Points
Manual changes
Design Exploration
Design of Experiments
Response Surface
Optimization
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Figure 24.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe
2.
From the ANSYS Workbench menu bar, select Tools > Options. The Options configuration dialog appears.
3.
Ensure Parameters is enabled and remove the "DS" from Filtering Prefixes and Suffixes.
b.
Enable Named Selections and remove the name "NS" from Filtering Prefixes.
c.
Click OK.
From the ANSYS Workbench menu bar, select File > Save As and save the project as StaticMixerDX.wbpj
in the directory of your choice.
2.
From Toolbox > Analysis Systems, drag the Fluid Flow (CFX) system onto the Project Schematic.
In the Fluid Flow (CFX) system, right-click Geometry and select New Geometry. DesignModeler starts.
2.
If DesignModeler displays a window for selecting the desired length unit, select Meter as the desired length
unit and click OK. (Note that this window will not appear if you have previously set a default unit of
measurement.)
363
2.
3.
4.
Select the Sketching tab (below the Tree Outline) to view the available sketching tool boxes.
on the Active Plane/Sketch Toolbar, which is located above the Graphics window.
Click Settings (in the Sketching tab) to open the Settings Toolbox.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To see the effect of changing Minor-Steps per Major, click, the right-mouse button to the top left of the plane
center in the Graphics window and drag a box over the origin to zoom into the middle of the grid. When you
release the mouse button, the model is magnified to show the selected area.
You now have a grid of squares with the smallest squares being 50 cm across. Because Snap is enabled, you can
select only points that are on this grid to build your geometry; this can often help you to position objects correctly.
The triad at the center of the grid indicates the local coordinate frame. The color of the arrow indicates the local
axis: red for X, green for Y, and blue for Z.
2.
Click Polyline and then create the shape shown below as follows:
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click on the grid in the position where one of the points from the shape needs to be placed (it does not
matter which point, but a suggested order is given in the graphic below).
b.
c.
To close the polyline after selecting the last point, right-click and choose Closed End from the shortcut
menu.
The information of the new sketch, Sketch1, appears in the Details View. Note that the longest straight line (4 m
long) in the diagram below is along the X-axis (located at Y = 0 m). The numbers and letters in the image below
are added here for your convenience but do not appear in the software.
Click Revolve
Details of the Revolve operation are shown in the Details View at the bottom left of the window. Leave the
name of the Revolve as the default, Revolve1. The Base Object defines the sketch to be revolved. Select
Sketch1.
2.
In the Details View you should see Apply and Cancel buttons next to the Axis parameter; if those buttons are
not displayed, click on the word Axis.
3.
In the Graphics window, click on the grid line that is aligned with the X-axis of the plane represented by a red
arrow (the X-axis of the plane is aligned with the global Z-axis), then click Apply in the Details View. The
text next to Axis now changes to Selected.
4.
Leave Operation set to Add Material because you need to create a solid. Ensure that Angle is set to 360
degrees and leave the other settings at their defaults.
5.
After generation, you should find you have a solid as shown below.
365
In the Tree Outline, click on the plus sign next to 1 Part, 1 Body to expand the tree structure.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
a.
b.
Select Circle, click and hold on the grid to mark the center of the circle, drag while holding to the desired
radius, then release to set the radius.
Select the Dimensions Toolbox, select General, click on the circle in the sketch, then click near the circle to
set a dimension. In the Details View, click the check box beside D1. When prompted, rename the parameter
to inDia and click OK. This dimension will be a parameter that is modified in Design Exploration.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.
Click Extrude
2.
In the Details View, change Direction to Reversed to reverse the direction of the extrusion (that is, click the
word Normal, then from the pull-down menu select Reversed).
3.
Change Depth to 3 (meters) and press Enter to set this value. All other settings can remain at their default
values. The Add Material setting indicates that material is added to the existing solid, rather than a new solid
being created.
4.
2.
Click and hold the middle mouse button over the middle of the Graphics window and drag the mouse to rotate
the model. The solid should be similar to the one shown below. A discrepancy with the size of the inlet pipe
diameters may be visible but is not of concern.
3.
2.
367
In the Details View, click beside Transform 1 (RMB) and choose the axis about which you want to rotate
the inlet: Rotate about X.
4.
Click the check box in the FD1, Value 1 field. This sets the angle of rotation of this plane as a new design
parameter. When prompted, set the name to in2Angle and click OK.
5.
Click Generate
6.
In the Tree Outline click on Plane4, then create a new sketch (Sketch3) based on this plane by clicking New
Sketch
7.
8.
9.
14. Select the Dimensions Toolbox, click General, click on the circle in the sketch, then click near the circle to
set a dimension.
In the Details View, click the check box beside D1. When prompted to create a new design parameter, name
the parameter inDia and click OK.
15. Click Extrude
16. In the Details View, ensure Direction is set to Normal in order to extrude in the same direction as the plane
normal.
17. Ensure that Depth is set to 3 (meters). Leave the other settings at their defaults.
18. To activate the extrude operation, click Generate
19. Right-click Solid in the Tree Outline and select Show Body.
The geometry is now complete.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
The 3D Viewer must be in viewing mode for you to be able to orient the geometry and the 3D Viewer
must be in select mode for you to be able to select a boundary in the geometry. You set viewing mode
or select mode by clicking the icons in the viewer toolbar:
In viewing mode, orient the static mixer so that you can see the inlet that has the lowest value of Y-coordinate.
(You can rotate the mixer by holding down the middle-mouse button or the mouse scroll wheel.)
2.
In select mode, highlight the inlet by left-clicking the inlet face, then right-click on the inlet and select Named
Selection.
3.
In the Details View, click Apply, then rename the Named Selection to: in1
4.
Click Generate
5.
Orient the static mixer so that you can see the inlet that has the highest value of Y-coordinate.
6.
Highlight the inlet by left-clicking the inlet face, then right-click on the inlet and select Named Selection.
7.
In the Details View, click Apply, then rename the Named Selection to: in2
8.
Click Generate
9.
Orient the static mixer so that you can see the outlet (at the lowest value of the Z-coordinate).
10. Highlight the outlet by left-clicking the outlet face, then right-click on the outlet and select Named Selection.
11. In the Details View, click Apply, then rename the Named Selection to: out
12. Click Generate
13. Click Save on the ANSYS Workbench toolbar. This enables you to recover the work that you have performed
to this point, if desired, until the next time you save the tutorial.
369
In the Project Schematic, right-click the Mesh cell and select Edit. The Meshing Application appears.
2.
Expand Project > Model (A3) and right-click Mesh. Select Edit in CFX-Mesh. CFX-Mesh starts.
3.
4.
When the mesh has been produced, return to the Project Schematic, right-click the Mesh cell, and select
Update.
5.
6.
Double-click the Setup cell. CFX-Pre appears with the mesh file loaded.
2.
3.
a.
In the Tree Outline, expand Expressions, Functions and Variables and right-click Expression and
select Insert > Expression.
b.
c.
d.
Click Apply.
Right-click inMassFlow in the Expressions area and select Use as Workbench Input Parameter. A small
P with a right-pointing arrow appears on the expression's icon.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.
b.
Double-click Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Default Domain to open it for editing.
c.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Fluid 1
Fluids Models
d.
5.
1 [atm]
Thermal Energy
Click OK.
b.
In the Insert Boundary dialog, name the new boundary in1 and click OK.
c.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
in1
315 [K]
Boundary Details
Footnote
1.
To enter this expression name into the Mass Flow Rate field, click in the blank field, click
on the Enter Expression
icon that appears, right-click in the blank field, then select
the inMassFlow expression that appears.
371
Click OK.
b.
In the Insert Boundary dialog, name the new boundary in2 and click OK.
c.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
in2
285 [K]
Boundary Details
Footnote
1.
To enter this expression name into the Mass Flow Rate field, click in the blank field, click
on the Enter Expression
icon that appears, right-click in the blank field, then select
the inMassFlow expression that appears.
d.
7.
Click OK.
b.
In the Insert Boundary dialog, name the new boundary out and click OK.
c.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
out
Boundary Details
d.
Click OK.
CFX-Pre and ANSYS Workbench both update automatically. The three boundary conditions are displayed
in the viewer as sets of arrows at the boundary surfaces. Inlet boundary arrows are directed into the domain;
outlet boundary arrows are directed out of the domain.
8.
Solver Control parameters control aspects of the numerical solution generation process. Set the solver controls
as follows:
a.
b.
On the Basic Settings tab, set Advection Scheme > Option to Upwind.
While an upwind advection scheme is less accurate than other advection schemes, it is also more robust.
This advection scheme is suitable for obtaining an initial set of results, but in general should not be used
to obtain final results.
c.
372
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control to Physical Timescale
and set the physical timescale value to 2 [s].
The time scale can be calculated automatically by the solver or set manually. The Automatic option
tends to be conservative, leading to reliable, but often slow, convergence. It is often possible to accelerate
convergence by applying a time scale factor or by choosing a manual value that is more aggressive than
the Automatic option. By selecting a physical time scale, you obtain a convergence that is at least twice
as fast as the Automatic option.
e.
Click OK.
CFX-Pre and ANSYS Workbench both update automatically.
9.
In the Project Schematic, right-click the Solution cell and select Update. CFX-Solver obtains a solution.
10. When the Solution cell shows an up-to-date state, right-click the Results cell and select Refresh. When the
refresh is complete, right-click the Results cell again and select Edit. CFD-Post starts.
You need to create an expression for the response parameter to be examined (Outlet Temperature) called
OutTempRange, which will be the maximum output temperature minus the minimum output temperature:
1.
373
3.
b.
With the cursor between the parentheses, right-click and select Variables > Temperature.
c.
Left-click after the @, then right-click and select Locations > out.
That specifies the maximum output temperature.
d.
e.
Click Apply.
The new expression appears in the Expressions list. Note the value of the expression.
4.
In the Expressions list, right-click OutTempRange and select Use as Workbench Output Parameter. A
small P with a right-pointing arrow appears on the expression's icon.
5.
Repeat the steps above for a second expression called OutTempAve. This expression will be used to monitor
the output temperature. We expect the overall output temperature to be the average of the two input temperatures
given that the incoming mass flows are equal. Make this expression's definition:
massFlowAve(Temperature)@out
Be sure to also set this expression to Use as Workbench Output Parameter. When you click Apply note the
value of the expression.
6.
7.
In the Project Schematic, right-click Parameters (cell A7) and select Edit. A new set of views opens.
2.
Resize the ANSYS Workbench window to be larger, then select View > Project Schematic. The Project
Schematic reappears.
Tip
If necessary, you can close the Toolbox view to gain more space. To restore it, select View >
Toolbox.
When you highlight Parameters (cell A7), among the new views are:
Outline of Schematic A7: Parameters, which lists the input and output parameters and their values (which
match the values observed in previous steps)
Table of Design Points, which lists one design point named Current. Ensure that this view is wide enough to
display the Exported column.
Now you will change the design parameter values from the Outline of Schematic A7: Parameters view:
1.
In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7: Parameters
view, change the in2Angle value from 0 to 45 and press Enter.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
374
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
In the Project Schematic, right-click Geometry and select Update. Notice how the geometry changes in
ANSYS DesignModeler.
3.
In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7 view, change
the in2Angle value from 45 back to 0 and press Enter.
4.
In the Project Schematic, right-click Geometry and select Update. Again, notice how the geometry changes
in ANSYS DesignModeler.
5.
In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7 view, change
the inMassFlow value from 1500 to 1600 and press Enter. Notice how the value of the expression has
changed in the Expressions tree view in CFX-Pre; (the change is not reflected in the Expressions Details
view unless you refresh the contents of the tab, for example by hiding and reopening it).
6.
In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7 view, change
the inMassFlow value from 1600 back to 1500 and press Enter.
You have modified design parameter values and returned each to its original value. In doing this, the Outline of
Schematic view's values and the Table of Design Points view's values have become out-of date. Right-click any
cell in the Table of Design Points view's Current row and select Update Selected Design Point. This process
updates the project and all of the ANSYS Workbench views. ANSYS Workbench may also close any open ANSYS
CFX applications and run them in the background. When the update is complete, all of the results cells show current
values and all of the cells that display status are marked as being up-to-date.
Now, you will make changes to design parameters as design points. You will create three design points, each of
which will change the value of one parameter:
1.
In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7). In the Table of Design Points view in the line
under Current, make the following entries to create the first design point (DP 1). Notice that cells autofill
with the values from the Current row, so you need enter only the value that differs from that:
P1 inDia: 1
P2 in2Angle: -45
P3 inMassFlow: 1500
In the Table of Design Points > Exported column, select the check box.
Note
You should save the project once before you export a design point.
Right-click in the row for DP 1 and select Update Selected Design Point.
ANSYS Workbench recalculates all of the values for the input and output parameters. All of the views are
updated.
Because you selected the check box in the Exported column, the update process writes a copy of the project
(as project_name_dpdp_number.wbpj) so that you can refer back to the data for that design point.
2.
Modify the design point (DP 1) using these values, including exporting the design point:
P1 inDia: 1.5
P2 in2Angle: 0
P3 inMassFlow: 1500
Right-click in the row for DP 1 and select Update Selected Design Point.
If you had not kept the check box in the Exported column selected, the data in the design point's project file
would not be rewritten and so the data in that file would not be consistent with the updated results now shown
in ANSYS Workbench.
3.
Repeat the previous step to create the second design point (DP 2) using these values:
P1 inDia: 1
P2 in2Angle: 0
P3 inMassFlow: 1600
375
Recall that the goal of this design study is to maximize the mixing (which occurs when OutTempRange reaches its
minimum value). From these manual tests, it appears that the best results are obtained by changing the input angle
of one inlet. In all studies, the OutTempAve value stays very near a constant 300 K, as expected.
In the next section you will automate that manual process of repeatedly changing variable values by using Design
Exploration.
If you need to restore the Toolbox, select View > Toolbox. If no systems appear in the Toolbox, select a cell
in the Project Schematic to refresh ANSYS Workbench.
2.
From the Design Exploration toolbox, drag a Goal Driven Optimization system to the Project Schematic
(under the Parameter Set bar).
3.
4.
b.
Select cell P3 inMassFlow (cell A6). In the Properties of Outline A6: P3 view, set:
c.
Select cell P2 in2Angle (cell A5). In the Properties of Outline A5: P2 view, set:
Lower Bound: 45
Upper Bound: 0
5.
In the ANSYS Workbench toolbar, ensure that View > Table is set.
6.
In the ANSYS Workbench toolbar, click Preview Design of Experiments. The Table of Schematic B2:
Design of Experiments appears. This table has nine entries in the Name column, each of which represents a
solver run to be performed. Beside the Name column are columns that have the values for the two input
parameters, and a column to hold the value the solver will obtain for the output parameter. This preview gives
an indication of the time that the nine solver runs will require.
7.
In the Project Schematic, right-click the Design of Experiments cell and select Update. You can monitor
the progress of the solver runs by clicking Show Progress in the lower-right corner of the ANSYS Workbench
window.
When the processing is complete, the Table of Schematic B2: Design of Experiments displays the results.
Click on the down-arrow on the P4 OutTempRange (K) cell to sort in ascending order and show the best
combination of input angle and mass flow. Note that the best results are returned from a low mass flow and
the greatest difference in input angle.
In the ANSYS Workbench menu bar, ensure View > Chart is enabled.
2.
3.
In the Outline of Schematic B3; Response Surface view, select Response Surface > Response Points >
Response Point > Response. The results appear in various views:
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
376
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.
The Response Chart for P4 - OutTempRange shows a 2D graph comparing OutTempRange to in2Angle.
The Properties of Outline A12: Response shows the values that are being used to display the 2D graph.
Note that the other variable that was considered in the Design of Experiments (inMassFlow) is held at
1500.
Add the full range of inMassFlow results to the chart: right-click the chart and select Toggle 2D/3D Chart.
A 3D chart appears that shows in more detail that the best results are returned from a low mass flow and the
greatest difference in input angle.
2.
In the Table of Schematic B4: Optimization, change the P4 - OutTempRange / Objective cell from No
Objective to Minimize.
3.
4.
In the Table of Schematic B4: Optimization, three design point candidates appear with their interpolated
values. Recall that design points are combinations of parameter values where you perform real calculations
(rather than relying on the interpolated values that appear in the response charts). To see all of the candidates
represented graphically, in the Outline of Schematic B4: Optimization, select Chart > Samples. The Samples
Chart appears with the three candidate samples highlighted.
5.
In the Table of Schematic B4: Optimization, right-click on the Candidate A value and select Insert as Design
Point(s).
6.
In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters. The various views update and in the Table of Design Points
a new design point has appeared.
7.
In the Table of Design Points, the new design point (DP 3) has no values and requests an update. Right-click
the lightning icon and select Update Selected Design Point. You can follow the progress of the update in the
Project Schematic as ANSYS Workbench reruns its calculations for the design point's parameters. Compare
the P4 - OutTempRange value to the value given by the Design of Experiments calculations.
377
Note
This tutorial is intended to be run on Windows-based machines only.
Tutorial Features
This tutorial addresses the following features of ANSYS Workbench.
Component
Feature
Details
ANSYS BladeGen
Geometry
ANSYS TurboGrid
Mesh
H/J/C/L-Grid Topology
Shroud Tip defined by Profile
Control Point Movements
Edge Split Controls
Transfer of Mesh to a CFX System
CFX-Pre
CFD-Post
Turbo Mode
Machine Type
Centrifugal Compressor
Component Type
Rotating
Analysis Type
Steady State
Boundary Template
Flow Direction
Cylindrical Components
Domain Type
Single Domain
Timestep
Physical Timescale
Report
379
Feature
Details
Blade Loading Span 50
Streamwise Plot of Pt and P
Velocity Streamlines Stream Blade
TE
The compressor has 24 blades that revolve about the Z-axis at 22360 RPM. A clearance gap exists between the
blades and the shroud of the compressor. The outer diameter of the blade row is approximately 40 cm.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Use your operating system's tools to create a directory for your project's files. The directory you create will be
referred to here as the working directory.
2.
Copy the provided geometry file, Centrifugal_Compressor.bgd, from the examples directory to
the working directory.
3.
4.
5.
In the dialog box that appears, browse to the working directory, set File name to Compressor, and click
Save.
6.
In the Toolbox view, open Component Systems and double-click BladeGen. A BladeGen system opens in
the Project Schematic view, and is ready to be given a name.
381
7.
Type Compressor in the name field and then either press Enter or click outside the name field in order to
end the rename operation.
If you need to begin a new rename operation, right-click the blue BladeGen cell (cell A1) and select Rename
from the shortcut menu.
Now that renaming systems has been demonstrated, most of the other systems involved in this tutorial will
simply use default names.
8.
Later in this tutorial, you will require the Blade Design cell to provide the blade geometry to a Geometry cell
of another system. To avoid the fluid zone surrounding the blade from also being provided, change the Blade
Design cell properties as follows:
1.
Right-click the Blade Design cell of the BladeGen system and select Properties.
The Properties view shows properties that control how the geometry is imported into downstream systems.
2.
In the Properties view, clear the Create Fluid Zone check box.
By clearing the check box, you are specifying that only the blade geometry, and not the volume around
the blade, should be sent to downstream cells. The properties should appear as follows:
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
You now have a BladeGen system that contains a Blade Design cell; the latter is presently in an unfulfilled state,
as indicated by the question mark. In the next section, you will fulfill the cell requirements by loading the provided
geometry file. In general, you could also fulfill the cell requirements by creating a geometry from scratch.
2.
In BladeGen, select File > Open and load the provided file, Centrifugal_Compressor.bgd, which is
in the working directory.
3.
4.
5.
The Blade Design cell now displays a green check mark to indicate that the cell is up-to-date. This means that you
now have a geometry for the centrifugal compressor that is ready to be used for meshing purposes. In the next
section, you will create a CFD-compatible mesh based on this geometry.
In the Project Schematic view, in the BladeGen system, right-click the Blade Design cell and select Transfer
Data To New > TurboGrid.
A TurboGrid system opens in the Project Schematic view, and is ready to be given a name.
383
2.
3.
The next several sections guide you through the steps to create a mesh.
In ANSYS TurboGrid, in the object selector, double-click Geometry > Blade Set > Shroud Tip.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Shroud Tip
Profile Number
Click Apply.
This defines the shroud tip of the blade (the surface of the blade that is nearest to the shroud).
2.
Setting
Value
Definition
H/J/C/L-Grid
0.2a
a
A reduced O-Grid width helps to improve mesh quality where the blade thickness is a large fraction of the passage width, as is the case
at the upstream end of the hub.
3.
384
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.
You now have a mesh topology that requires some adjustments before it is suitable for use in creating a mesh. You
can see a 2D preview of the mesh on each of the two layers.
Select Display > Blade-to-Blade View > Use Passage Excluding Tip Transform.
The Passage Excluding Tip transform affects how blade-to-blade coordinates are calculated in
preparation for viewing with the Blade-to-Blade (Theta-M') transform (in the next step). Compared to the
Full transform, the Passage Excluding Tip transform usually exhibits less distortion in the viewer
for blades that have a tip that varies in span. By choosing a transform explicitly, you prevent ANSYS TurboGrid
from selecting one of these transforms automatically.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Transformation > Blade-to-Blade (Theta-M').
3.
4.
Turn off the visibility of Layers > Shroud Tip (by clearing the check box next to it) to make the hub
topology more visible.
5.
Open Layers > Hub in the object editor and note that, in the object editor, the mesh measures are shown in
red text.
6.
Double-click Minimum Face Angle to highlight the areas of the mesh that have the smallest angles.
The areas that have the smallest angles are marked with red lines in the viewer.
7.
Zoom in on the leading edge as shown in Figure 25.1, Modifying Control Points on the Hub Layer (p. 386).
8.
Click Select
then move the control points as shown by the displacement vectors in Figure 25.1, Modifying
Control Points on the Hub Layer (p. 386).
385
Confirm that the Minimum Face Angle and Maximum Face Angle mesh measures have improved
for the hub layer.
9.
Right-click the master topology line marked A in Figure 25.2, Adding Edge Split Controls near the Leading
Edge on the Hub Layer (p. 387) and select Insert Edge Split Control from the shortcut menu.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Figure 25.2. Adding Edge Split Controls near the Leading Edge on the Hub Layer
2.
3.
4.
5.
Double-click Minimum Face Angle to highlight the areas of the mesh that have the smallest angles.
6.
Zoom in on the leading edge as shown in Figure 25.3, Modifying Control Points on the Shroud Tip
Layer (p. 388).
7.
Click Select
then move the control points as shown by the displacement vectors in Figure 25.3, Modifying
Control Points on the Shroud Tip Layer (p. 388).
387
8.
Confirm that the Minimum Face Angle and Maximum Face Angle mesh measures have improved
for the shroud tip layer.
The topology has been improved. In the next section, you will set some parameters that affect the mesh node count
and distribution.
2.
Setting
Value
Mesh Size
Method
Node Count
Medium (100000)
Inlet Domain
(Selected)
Outlet Domain
(Selected)
25
11
Passage
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Inlet/Outlet
Setting
Value
(Selected)
(Selected)
Click Apply.
Note
Your mesh quality could decrease slightly after increasing the node count. If so, you might want
to make minor adjustments to the hub and shroud control points to improve the quality of your
mesh before saving it and using it in the aerodynamic simulation that follows.
4.
5.
In the list of layers in the object editor, right-click Hub and select Insert Layer After to insert a layer midway
between the hub and shroud tip layers.
This helps to guide the mesh along the blade in the spanwise direction.
2.
3.
In the Project Schematic view, in the TurboGrid system, right-click the Turbo Mesh cell and select Transfer
Data To New > CFX.
A CFX system opens in the Project Schematic view, and is ready to be given a name.
389
2.
3.
4.
5.
In Basic Settings panel, set Machine Type to Centrifugal Compressor, Rotation Axis to Z, and leave
the other settings at their defaults.
6.
Click Next.
7.
On the Component Definition panel, select R1 and set the following values:
Setting
Value
Rotating
Wall Configuration
(Selected)
Yes
Click Next.
9.
Value
Fluid
Steady State
1 [atm]
(Selected)
0 [atm]
20 [C]
Per Component
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Value
Cylindrical Components
1, 0, 0
Physical Timescale
0.0002 [s]
Right-click the Solution cell of the CFX system and select Update.
After some time, a CFD solution will be generated. If the progress indicator is not visible, you can display it
by clicking
Monitors.
2.
or, to see detailed output, right-click the Solution cell and select Display
After the solution has been generated, return to the Project Schematic view.
2.
Click File > Report > Load 'Centrifugal Compressor Rotor Report' Template.
391
In the tree view, under Report, double-click Compressor Performance Results Table.
This table presents measures of aerodynamic performance including required power and efficiencies.
4.
5.
6.
7.
To view a full report, click the Report Viewer tab found near the bottom right of the window.
A report will be generated (this may take a few minutes) that includes all figures available under Report in
the tree view. This report can be viewed in CFD-Post or published to be viewed externally as an .html or
.txt file.
Note that if you have visited the Report Viewer tab before loading the template, or have otherwise made any
changes to the report definition after first viewing the report, you need to click
to update the report as displayed.
8.
9.
In the Project Schematic view, in the BladeGen system, right-click the Blade Design cell and select Transfer
Data To New > Static Structural (ANSYS).
A Static Structural (ANSYS) system opens in the Project Schematic view, and is ready to be given a name.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Connect the Solution cell of the CFX system to the Setup cell of the Static Structural (ANSYS) system.
This makes the CFD solution data available for use in a structural analysis.
6.
Double-click the Setup cell. If a dialog box asks you if you want to read the upstream data, click Yes.
The Mechanical application opens so that you can prepare a static structural analysis.
7.
Select the following object from the tree view: Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5)
> Imported Load (Solution) > Imported Pressure.
8.
In the details view, click the field beside Scope > Geometry, then select the blade surface (the large surface;
not the thin surface along the edge) by clicking it in the viewer.
9.
10. In the details view, click the field beside Transfer Definition > CFD Surface, and select R1 Blade from
the drop-down.
You have now chosen the CFD boundary from which to get the CFD pressure data.
11. Right-click Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) in the tree view and select Insert
> Fixed Support.
12. In the viewer, right-click a blank area of the screen and select View > Bottom.
13. Select the long thin face of the blade that is at the forefront of the displayed geometry.
14. In the details view next to Scope > Geometry, click Apply.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
393
17. To verify that the pressure data was applied correctly to the blade, inspect Project > Model (D4) >
Static Structural (D5) > Imported Load (Solution) > Imported Pressure >
Imported Load Transfer Summary.
The significant discrepancy shown in the load transfer summary is due to a difference in geometry; the surface
onto which the CFX pressures were mapped does not include the blade tip or trailing-edge surfaces. In general,
accurate load mapping requires that the surfaces match in terms of geometry and the length scale of mesh
elements.
18. Click Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Solution (D6) > Equivalent
Stress to prepare to examine the von-Mises stress results.
19. Animate the physical deformation of the blade along with the associated von-Mises stress results, by clicking
Play
Note
You may need to drag the viewer window up in order to see the Graph window.
20. Right-click Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Solution (D6) and select
Insert > Deformation > Total.
21. From the tool bar, click Solve
When the solver has finished, select Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) >
Solution (D6) > Total Deformation to prepare to examine the Total Deformation solution.
22. Animate the physical deformation by clicking the Play button in the Graph window.
23. Select File > Close Mechanical.
24. Return to the Project Schematic view.
Right-click the upper-left corner of the Static Structural (ANSYS) system and select Duplicate.
A second Static Structural (ANSYS) system appears, with its Geometry, and Model cells taking information
from the same sources as in the original system.
2.
Rename the newly created system from Copy of Static Structural (ANSYS) to With Rotation.
3.
Right-click the Model cell in the new system and select Update.
Wait until you see a green check mark in that cell.
4.
5.
Make sure that Project > Model (E4) > Static Structural (E5) is selected in the tree view,
then click the Inertial button in the toolbar and select Rotational Velocity.
6.
7.
In the details view for Rotational Velocity, change Definition > Define By to Components.
8.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
9.
10. To animate the total deformation or equivalent stress of the blade, select the corresponding object (either
Total Deformation or Equivalent Stress, respectively) under Project > Model (E4) >
Static Structural (E5) > Solution (E6) and click Play
395
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Selection of material properties from the International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam
(IAPWS) database.
Component
Feature
Details
ANSYS CFX-Pre
User Mode
Turbo Wizard
Machine Type
Axial Turbine
Fluid Type
Domain Type
Multiple Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Boundary Conditions
397
Feature
Details
Mass Fraction(s) (equilibrium
solution)
Inlet (subsonic): Total
Pressure/Temperature, Volume
Fractions and Droplet Number
(non-equilibrium solution)
Outlet: Static Pressure
Domain Interfaces
Frozen Rotor
Periodic
CFD-Post
Timestep
Material Properties
Fluid Models
Location
Turbo Surface
Plots
Contour
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
The geometry to be modeled consists of a single stator blade passage and two rotor blade passages. This is an
approximation to the full geometry since the ratio of rotor blades to stator blades is close to, but not exactly, 2:1.
In the stator blade passage a 6 section is being modeled (360/60 blades), while in the rotor blade passage, a 6.372
section is being modeled (2*360/113 blades). This produces a pitch ratio at the interface between the stator and
rotor of 0.942. As the flow crosses the interface, it is scaled to allow this type of geometry to be modeled. This
results in an approximation of the inflow to the rotor passage. Furthermore, the flow across the interface will not
appear continuous due to the scaling applied.
In this example, the rotor rotates at 523.6 rad/s about the Z-axis while the stator is stationary. Periodic boundaries
are used to allow only a small section of the full geometry to be modeled.
The important problem parameters are:
399
In this tutorial, you will generate two steady-state solutions: one using a multicomponent fluid consisting of a
homogeneous binary mixture of liquid water and water vapor, the other using two separate phases to represent liquid
water and water vapor in a non-equilibrium simulation. The solution variables particular to the equilibrium and
non-equilibrium solutions will be processed in order to understand the differences between the two solutions.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
WaterVaporEq.pre
WaterVaporEq.cfx
WaterVaporNonEq.pre
stator.gtm
rotor.grd
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Save.
Basic Settings
1.
2.
Click Next.
Component Definition
Two new components are required. As you specify them, CFX-Pre imports the meshes.
1.
Right-click a blank area near the Component Definition tree and select Add Component from the shortcut
menu.
2.
3.
Value
Footnote
1.
You may have to select the CFX Mesh (*gtm *cfx) option under Files of type in order
to see the file.
4.
5.
Value
401
Physics Definition
Footnote
1.
You may have to select the CFX-TASCflow (*grd) option under Files of type in order
to see the file.
Note
The components must be ordered as above (stator then rotor) in order for the interface to be created
correctly. The order of the two components can be changed, if necessary, by right-clicking S1 and
selecting Move Component Up.
When a component is defined, Turbo Mode will automatically select a list of regions that have been recognized
as potential boundaries and interfaces. This information should be reviewed in the Region Information section,
situated below the Mesh section, to ensure that all is correct. This information will be used to help set up
boundary conditions and interfaces. The upper case turbo regions that are selected (e.g., HUB) correspond to
the region names in the CFX-TASCflow grd file. CFX-TASCflow turbomachinery meshes use these names
consistently.
6.
Click Next.
Physics Definition
In this section, you will set properties of the fluid domain and some solver parameters. Note that initially you will
choose the fluid to be Water Ideal Gas, but later you will create a new fluid based on the IAPWS database
for water and override this initial setting with it.
1.
Setting
Value
Physics Definition
Fluid
Steady State
Total Energy
k-Epsilon
(Selected)
0.265 [bar]
0.0662 [bar]
Frozen Rotor
Footnotes
1.
Because this tutorial involves vaporization, you should use absolute pressures throughout.
This can be accomplished by setting the reference pressure to 0 atm.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
402
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Interface Definition
2.
2.
3.
The physical timescale that will be set up is derived from the rotational speed of the 113 rotor
blades. See the ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery, where an explanation
of how this value is calculated is provided.
Click Next.
Interface Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate interfaces using the region names viewed previously in the Region Information
section (in the Component Definition setup screen). In this case, you should see that a periodic interface has been
generated for both the rotor and the stator. The generated periodic interface can be edited or deleted. Interfaces are
required when modeling a small section of the true geometry. An interface is also needed to connect the two
components together across the frame change.
1.
2.
Click Next.
Boundary Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate boundary conditions using the region names presented previously in the
Region Information section. In this case, you should see a list of generated boundary conditions. They can be
edited or deleted in the same way as the interface connections that were set up earlier.
1.
2.
Click Next.
Final Operations
1.
2.
Click Finish.
After you click Finish, a dialog box appears stating that Turbo report will not be included in the solver file
because you are entering General Mode.
3.
Click Material
2.
3.
403
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Material Group
IAPWS IF97
Thermodynamic State
(Selected)
(Selected)
(Selected)
(Selected)
400 [K]
(Selected)
100
Footnote
1.
The H2Og minimum temperature is set to 250 K as the vapor might possibly supercool (in the
NES calculations) to temperatures lower than the triple point temperature.
4.
Click OK.
5.
In the Outline tree, under Materials, right-click H2Og and select Duplicate.
6.
7.
8.
On the Basic Settings tab, change Thermodynamic State > Thermodynamic State from Gas to Liquid.
9.
Click OK
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Options
Material Group
IAPWS IF97
Material 1
H2Og
Material 2
H2Ol
Option
IAPWS Library
Table Generation
(Selected)
Saturation Properties
(Selected)
400 [K]
(Selected)
0.01 [bar]
(Selected)
0.6 [bar]
(Selected)
100
Footnote
1.
The minimum temperature is set to 273.15 K due to the fact that the saturation properties
implied by H2Ogl are not likely to be used below the triple point temperature.
405
On the Basic Settings tab under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete any existing items by selecting them
and clicking Remove selected item
3.
4.
5.
Set Fluid and Particle Definitions > H2Olg > Material to H2Olg and click Apply.
6.
On the Fluid Models tab set Component Models > Component > H2Og > Option to Equilibrium
Fraction and click OK.
7.
Open Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > S1 > S1 Inlet for editing.
8.
On the Boundary Details tab, set Component Details > H2Og > Mass Fraction to 1.0.
9.
Click OK.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global Settings
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0.2 [bar]
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
WaterVaporEq.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
2.
At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results.
3.
4.
Click OK.
When CFD-Post starts, the Domain Selector dialog box might appear. If it does, ensure that both the R1 and
S1 domains are selected, then click OK to load the results from these domains.
2.
3.
The Turbo Initialization dialog box is displayed, and asks you whether you want to auto-initialize all
components. Click Yes.
The Turbo tree view shows the two components in domains R1 and S1. In this case, the initialization works
without problems. If there were any problems initializing a component, this would be indicated in the tree
view.
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box,
you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible
initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view.
On the main menu select Insert > Location > Turbo Surface and name it Turbo Surface 1.
2.
On the Geometry tab, set Method to Constant Span and Value to 0.5.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
407
b.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
Pressure, then click Apply.
2.
Turn off the visibility of Static Pressure when you have finished observing the results.
3.
Create a contour plot on Turbo Surface 1 that shows the mass fraction of the liquid phase:
4.
a.
b.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Ol.Mass Fraction, then click Apply.
Turn off the visibility of Mass Fraction of Liquid Phase when you have finished observing the results.
2.
Create a contour plot on Turbo Surface 1 that shows the static temperature.
a.
b.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
Temperature, then click Apply.
Once you have observed the results save the state and exit CFD-Post.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Open.
6.
7.
8.
Click Save.
2.
On the Basic Settings tab under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete any existing items by selecting them
and clicking Remove selected item
3.
Create two new materials named H2Og and H2Ol by using the Add new item
4.
icon.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
H2Og
H2Og
Continuous Fluid
H2Ol
H2Ol
(Selected)
(Cleared)
Fluid Dependent
Fluid
H2Og
Fluid Models
409
Setting
Value
Total Energy
Fluid
H2Ol
(Selected)
Homogeneous
0.85
Fluid Pair
H2Og | H2Ol
Particle Model
Fluid Pair > H2Og | H2Ol > Mass Transfer Phase Change
> Option
Fluid Pair > H2Og | H2Ol > Mass Transfer Small Droplets
> Phase Change Model > Option
Fluid Pair > H2Og | H2Ol > Heat Transfer Small Droplets
> Option
Footnote
1.
The Nucleation Bulk Tension Factor scales the bulk surface tension values used in the
nucleation model. Classical nucleation models are very sensitive to the bulk surface tension,
and only slight adjustments will modify the nucleation rate quite significantly. It is common
practice in CFD simulations to alter the bulk surface tension values slightly in order to bring
results in-line with experiment. The values of Nucleation Bulk Tension Factor range from
0.8 to 1.1 for water. Studies suggest that with the IAPWS database and conditions less than 1
bar, a Nucleation Bulk Tension Factor of 0.85 is the best first setting.
Note
The small droplet setting for H2Ol heat transfer implies that the temperature is algebraically
determined as a function of the droplet diameter, which in turn is calculated from other solution
variables such as H2Ol volume fraction and droplet number.
5.
Click OK.
6.
7.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Fluid Dependent
Fluid Values
Boundary Conditions
H2Og
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
410
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Total Temperature
328.5 [K]
H2Ol
0 [m^-3]
Footnote
1.
8.
Click OK.
9.
10. On the Basic Settings tab, set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Physical Timescale to
5e-005 [s] and click OK.
Because the non-equilibrium simulation involves vapor and therefore tends to be unstable, it is recommended
that you set the physical timescale to a relatively small value. The value set here was found to be suitable for
this simulation by trial and error.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
WaterVaporNonEq.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
411
Note
You may notice messages in the solver output regarding problems with evaluating material properties.
This is a result of the absolute pressure reaching values outside the range of internal material property
tables. In this case, the messages are temporary and stop appearing well before convergence. If you
encounter a simulation where the messages persist, or you otherwise suspect that the results might
be adversely affected, you can change the ranges of internal material property tables by editing the
relevant materials in CFX-Pre.
2.
At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results.
3.
4.
Click OK.
When CFD-Post starts, the Domain Selector dialog box might appear. If it does, ensure that both the R1 and
S1 domains are selected, then click OK to load the results from these domains.
2.
3.
The Turbo Initialization dialog box is displayed, and asks you whether you want to auto-initialize all
components. Click Yes.
The Turbo tree view shows the two components in domains R1 and S1. In this case, the initialization works
without problems. If there were any problems initializing a component, this would be indicated in the tree
view.
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box,
you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible
initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view.
On the main menu select Insert > Location > Turbo Surface and name it Turbo Surface 1.
2.
On the Geometry tab, set Method to Constant Span and Value to 0.5.
3.
Click Apply.
4.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
1.
2.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Og.Supercooling then click Apply.
Turn off the visibility of Supercooling when you have finished observing the results.
2.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Ol.Nucleation Rate.
3.
2.
Turn off the visibility of Nucleation Rate when you have finished observing the results.
3.
4.
1.
2.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Ol.Droplet Number.
3.
Click Apply.
Turn off the visibility of Droplet Number when you have finished observing the results.
Create a contour plot showing the mass fraction of the condensed phase on Turbo Surface 1.
Condensed droplets grow in size and accumulate mass at the expense of the gas phase.
1.
Create a new contour plot named Mass Fraction of Condensed Phase H2Ol.
2.
In the details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Ol.Mass Fraction.
413
Click Apply.
Comparing the mass fraction in the non-equilibrium case to the equilibrium solution previously viewed,
you can see that phase transition is considerably delayed such that it occurs in the blade passages of the
rotor rather than the stator. This is a typical consequence of non-equilibrium flow, and reflects real flow
situations.
2.
Turn off the visibility of Mass Fraction of Condensed Phase H2Ol when you have finished observing the
results.
3.
4.
1.
2.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Ol.Particle Diameter.
3.
Set Range to User Specified then set Min to 0 [m] and Max to 1e-07 [m].
4.
Click Apply.
Turn off the visibility of Particle Diameter when you have finished observing the results.
2.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Og.Temperature.
3.
Click Apply.
2.
Turn off the visibility of Gas Phase Static Temperature when you have finished observing the results.
3.
4.
1.
2.
In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to
H2Ol.Temperature.
3.
Click Apply.
Once you have observed the results, save the state and exit CFD-Post.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating Expressions for Time Step and Total Time (p. 417)
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Domain Type
Immersed Solid
Fluid Domain
Analysis Type
Transient
Fluid Type
Continuous Fluid
Boundary Conditions
Inlet Boundary
Outlet Boundary
CFD-Post
Domain Interface
Fluid Fluid
Chart
Animation
Keyframe
415
The outlet has an average relative static pressure of 1 psi; the relative total pressure at the inlet is 0 psi. The inner
rotor (gear) rotates at a rate of 7 revolutions per second; the outer rotor rotates at 6 revolutions per second. The
diameter of the fluid region between the rotors is approximately 7.3 cm.
You will use an immersed solid domain to model the inner rotor, a rotating fluid domain to model the water
immediately surrounding the inner rotor, and a stationary fluid domain to model the water in the inlet and outlet
channels. To model the stationary pump housing (not shown in the figure), you will apply a counter-rotating wall
condition to the top (high Z) surface of the rotating fluid domain, on the non-overlap portion (which lies between
the inlet and outlet channels). To model the upper surfaces of the teeth of the outer rotor, you will apply a rotating
wall condition on the non-overlap portions of the lower (low Z) surfaces of the inlet and outlet chambers. For more
information about non-overlap conditions, see Non-overlap Boundary Conditions (p. 133) in the ANSYS CFX-Solver
Modeling Guide.
The following conditions will be met to promote the establishment of a cyclic flow pattern:
The mesh of the rotating domain should be rotationally periodic so that it looks the same after each (outer) rotor
tooth passes.
The mesh on the outer boundary of the immersed solid domain should be rotationally periodic so that it looks
the same after each (inner) rotor tooth passes. (The mesh inside the immersed solid domain has no effect in this
tutorial.)
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
416
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
An integer number of time steps should pass as one rotor tooth passes.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
ImmersedSolid.pre
ImmersedSolid.gtm
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
Default domain generation should be turned off because you will create three domains manually later in this
tutorial.
2.
Click OK.
3.
4.
In the Import Mesh dialog box, set Files of type to CFX Mesh (*gtm *cfx) and select
ImmersedSolid.gtm from your working directory.
5.
Click Open.
From the main menu, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > Expression.
417
3.
Click OK.
4.
5.
Next, you will create an expression defining the total simulation time. Make the simulation run long enough for 3
rotor teeth to pass: 3/42 s. This will give the solution time to establish a periodic nature.
1.
2.
3.
Click Apply.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
None
Transient
Total Time
Analysis Type > Time Duration > Total total time [1 (p. 418)]
Time
Analysis Type > Time Steps > Option
Timesteps
dt
Analysis Type > Initial Time > Option Automatic with Value
Analysis Type > Initial Time > Time
0 [s]
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.
Select Insert > Domain from the main menu, or click Domain
2.
In the Insert Domain dialog box, set the name to ImmersedSolid and click OK.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Inner Rotor
Immersed Solid
Rotating
7 [rev s^-1]
Two Points
0.00383, 0, 1
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Channels
Fluid Domain
Fluid 1
419
Setting
Value
Stationary
Initialization
None
k-Epsilon
Scalable
None
None
Domain Initialization
(Selected)
Cartesian
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Click OK.
From the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > StationaryFluid and
select Duplicate.
2.
Right-click Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Copy of StationaryFluid and select Rename.
3.
4.
Edit RotatingFluid.
5.
420
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Gear Chamber
Rotating
6 [rev s^-1]
Coordinate Axis
Global Z
Click OK.
Click Insert > Domain Interface from the main menu or click Domain Interface
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
StationaryFluid
Channel Side
RotatingFluid
Chamber Side
General Connection
None
Click OK.
Apply a counter-rotating no-slip wall condition to the non-overlap portion of the domain interface on the rotating
domain side, because this surface represents part of the stationary housing of the pump.
1.
421
3.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Nonoverlap Conditions
(Selected)
No Slip Wall
(Selected)
Click OK.
Apply a rotating no-slip wall condition to the non-overlap portions of the domain interface on the stationary domain
side, because these surfaces represent faces of the rotor teeth of the outer rotor, and the latter rotates at 6 rev/s about
the Z axis.
1.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Nonoverlap Conditions
(Selected)
No Slip Wall
(Selected)
Rotating Wall
6 [rev s^-1]
Coordinate Axis
Global Z
Click OK.
Inlet Boundary
Create a total pressure inlet at a relative pressure of 0 psi:
1.
In the Outline tree view, right-click StationaryFluid and select Insert > Boundary.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
422
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Outlet Boundary
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
Inlet
Boundary Details
4.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
Create an outlet with a relative average static pressure of 1 psi:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
Outlet
Boundary Details
3.
0.05
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
High Resolution
First Order
423
Setting
Value
3.
Coefficient Loops
RMS
1.0 E 4
Click OK.
2.
3.
4.
Value
Option
Selected Variables
File Compression
Default
(Selected)
All
Every Timestep
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Click OK.
2.
424
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
ImmersedSolid.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) file at your discretion.
In CFX-Solver Manager, ensure that the Define Run dialog box is displayed.
If CFX-Solver Manager is launched from CFX-Pre, the information required to perform a solver run is entered
automatically in the Define Run dialog box.
2.
3.
Click the User Points tab (which appears after the first time step has been computed) and monitor the value
of Monitor Point 1 as the solution proceeds.
4.
Rescale the monitor plot so that you can readily see the time-periodic oscillations in mass flow that occur after
the initial transient phase:
1.
Right-click anywhere in the User Points plot and select Monitor Properties.
2.
In the Monitor Properties: User Points dialog box, on the Range Settings tab, select Set Manual Scale
(Linear).
3.
Set the lower and upper bounds to 0.015 and 0.055 respectively.
4.
Click OK.
5.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
6.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
7.
Click OK.
Note
During the Solver Manager run, you may observe a notice at the 47th and 48th time steps warning you
that A wall has been placed at portion(s) of an OUTLET boundary condition ... to prevent fluid from
flowing into the domain. The mass flow at the inlet drops to its lowest level throughout the cycle at
this point, causing a reduction in the velocity at the outlet. Because there is turbulence at the outlet, this
reduced velocity allows a tiny vortex to produce a small, virtually negligible, amount of backflow at the
outlet. Figure 27.1, Velocity Vectors on the Outlet (p. 426) shows velocity vectors at the outlet when
the mass flow at the inlet is lowest (48th time step) and when the mass flow is greatest (88th time step).
In the figure, you can see where this slight backflow occurs for the 48th time step.
425
2.
Setting
Value
General
Type
XY-Transient or Sequence
Title
3.
4.
If the Data Series list box is empty, right-click in it and select New, or click New
5.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Data Series
Series 1
(Selected)
Name
(Selected)
(Cleared)
0.015
0.055
Y Axis
Footnote
1.
6.
You will have to either type it manually or right-click and choose Functions > CFD-Post >
massFlow()@ from the shortcut menu, then type in.
Click Apply.
The mass flow rate settles into a repeating pattern with a period of 1/42 s, which is the time it takes a rotor tooth to
pass.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Domains
RotatingFluid
XY Plane
Definition > Z
0.003 [m]
4.
Click Apply.
5.
6.
7.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Domains
All Domains
Plane 1
Rectangular Grid
0.03
Velocity
Mode
Color
427
Symbol
8.
Setting
Value
Range
User Specified
Min
0 [m s^-1]
Max
0.8 [m s^-1]
Symbol
Arrow3D
Symbol Size
15
Normalized Symbols
(Cleared)
Click Apply.
2.
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Cleared)
(Selected)
105 [degree]
Default
3.
Click Apply.
4.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Render
Show Faces
(Selected)
0.8
(Cleared)
Click Apply.
2.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Constant
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Render
3.
Setting
Value
Color
(White)
Show Faces
(Selected)
0.0
(Cleared)
Click Apply.
2.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Constant
Color
(Blue)
Show Faces
(Selected)
0.0
(Cleared)
Render
3.
Click Apply.
Make the following other changes in preparation for the animation that you will create in the next section:
1.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards +Z.
2.
Rotate the view a few degrees so that you can see the 3D nature of the geometry.
3.
Turn off the visibility of User Locations and Plots > Wireframe.
1.
2.
Click Animation
3.
4.
Click New
5.
Select KeyframeNo1, then set # of Frames to 28, then press Enter while the cursor is in the # of Frames
box.
to create KeyframeNo1.
Tip
Be sure to press Enter and confirm that the new number appears in the list before continuing.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
429
7.
8.
9.
Select Loop.
to create KeyframeNo2.
is pushed down to show more animation settings.
This ensures that the animation will begin at the first keyframe.
18. After the first keyframe has been loaded, click Play the animation
This will be slow, since results for each time step will be loaded and objects will be created.
To view the movie file, you need to use a viewer that supports the MPEG format.
Note
To explore additional animation options, click the Options button. On the Advanced tab of the
Animation Options dialog box, there is a Save Frames As Image Files check box. By selecting
this check box, the JPEG or PPM files used to encode each frame of the movie will persist after
movie creation; otherwise, they will be deleted.
19. When you have finished, quit CFD-Post.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model Over Range of Inlet Pressures (p. 442)
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Preparing and running a series of related simulations to generate cavitation performance data for a pump.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Transient
Fluid Type
Water at 25 C
Water Vapour at 25 C
Fluid Models
Homogeneous Model
Domain Type
Single Domain
Turbulence Model
k-Epsilon
Heat Transfer
Isothermal
Boundary Conditions
Inlet (Subsonic)
Outlet (Subsonic)
Wall (Counter Rotating)
CFD-Post
Timestep
Plots
Contour
431
The SHF (Societe Hydraulique Francaise) pump has seven impeller blades. Due to the periodic nature of the
geometry, only a single blade passage of the original pump needs to be modeled, thus minimizing the computer
resources required to obtain a solution.
The objective of this tutorial is to show pump cavitation performance in the form of a drop curve. The drop curve
is a chart of Head versus Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH). This tutorial provides the data for the drop curve, but
also has instructions for optionally generating the data by running a series of simulations with progressively lower
inlet pressures. Each simulation is initialized with the results of the previous simulation.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Starting CFX-Pre
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
CavitationIni.pre
CavitationIni.cfx
Cavitation_100000.pre
Cavitation.gtm
2.
3.
4.
5.
Click Save.
6.
2.
3.
Value
Files of type
File name
Cavitation.gtm
Click Open.
Loading Materials
Since this tutorial uses water at 25 C and water vapor at 25 C, you need to load these materials. Note that you
will only use the liquid water for the first part of the tutorial. The vapor is being loaded now in anticipation of using
it for the cavitation model later in the tutorial.
1.
In the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation > Materials and select Import Library Data.
The Select Library Data to Import dialog box is displayed.
433
3.
Select both Water at 25 C and Water Vapour at 25 C, holding the Ctrl key.
4.
Click OK.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned on.
A domain named Default Domain should appear under the Simulation branch.
2.
3.
Edit Pump.
4.
Under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete Fluid 1 and create a new fluid definition named Liquid
Water.
5.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Liquid Water
0 [atm]
Rotating
Footnote
1.
6.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
INBlock INFLOW
Boundary Details
Cartesian Components
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
OUTBlock OUTFLOW
Boundary Details
Click OK.
Wall Boundaries
Set up the hub and shroud to be a stationary (non-rotating) wall.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
(Selected)
Boundary Details
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
435
Click Insert > Domain Interface and, in the dialog box that appears, set Name to Periodic Interface
and click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Rotational Periodicity
Footnotes
3.
1.
2.
Click OK.
Select Insert > Domain Interface and in the dialog box that appears, set Name to Inblock to Passage
Interface and click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
OUTFLOW INBlock
INFLOW Passage
1:1
Click OK.
Select Insert > Domain Interface and in the dialog box that appears, set the Name to Passage to
Outblock Interface and click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
OUTFLOW Passage
INFLOW OUTBlock
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Setting
Value
1:1
Click OK.
With the boundary conditions and domain interfaces defined above, the default boundary of a rotating wall is applied
to the blade and the upstream portions of the hub and shroud.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Global Settings
0 [m/s]
0 [m/s]
1 [m/s]
100000 [Pa]
Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Option Intensity and Length Scale
3.
0.03
0.03 [m]
Click OK.
2.
437
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
500
Physical Timescale
7.5e-6
Footnote
1.
3.
The physical timescale that will be setup is derived from the rotational speed of the blades and
the fact that there are 7 blades in the full machine.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CavitationIni.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
2.
3.
At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results.
4.
5.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Select Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Pressure
3574 [Pa]
Click Apply.
Notice that the isosurface does not appear. There is no place in the blade passage where the pressure is equal
to 3574 Pa, which implies that there is no water vapor.
4.
2.
3.
4.
In the Fluid and Particle Definitions section, click Add new item
5.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Liquid Water
439
Setting
Value
Water Vapor
Water Vapour at 25 C
Fluid Models
Cavitation
Rayleigh Plesset
2e-6 [m]
Footnotes
1.
2.
The homogeneous model will be selected because the interphase transfer rate is very large in
the pump. This results in all fluids sharing a common flow field and turbulence.
3.
The pressure for a corresponding saturation temperature at which the water in the pump will
boil into its vapor phase is 3574 Pa.
6.
Click OK.
7.
Setting
Value
Fluid Values
Boundary Conditions
Water Vapor
Boundary Conditions
Liquid Water
8.
Click OK.
9.
440
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating Expressions
Expressions defining the Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) and Head are created in order to monitor their values
as the inlet pressure is decreased. By monitoring these values a drop curve can be produced.
Definition
Ptin
Ptout
Wden
Head
(Ptout-Ptin)/(Wden*g)
NPSH
(Ptin- Pvap)/(Wden*g)
Pvap
3574 [Pa]
2.
On the Monitor tab, select Monitor Options and click Add new item
3.
Enter NPSH Point as the name of the monitor point then enter the following settings:
.
.
Tab
Setting
Value
Monitor
Expression
Create a second monitor point named Head Point with the same parameters as the first, with the exception
that Expression Value is set to Head.
5.
Click OK.
2.
Value
File name
Cavitation_100000.def
441
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
2.
3.
Select CavitationIni_001.res for the initial values file using the Browse
4.
tool.
You may see a notice about an artificial wall at the inlet. This notice indicates that the flow is trying to exit at
the inlet. This can be ignored because the amount of reverse flow is very low.
CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This will not require many iterations or much time, depending
on your system, because only minor changes have been made from the initial simulation. A dialog box is
displayed stating that the simulation has completed.
5.
At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results.
6.
7.
Click OK.
2.
Click Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name.
3.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
0.1
Click Apply.
Notice that the isosurface is clear. There is no water vapor at 25 C in the blade passage for the simulation
with cavitation because at an inlet total pressure of 100000Pa, the minimum static pressure in the model is
above the vapor pressure.
5.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
NPSH
Head
Pa
100000
9.859e+00
3.537e+01
80000
7.813e+00
3.535e+01
60000
5.767e+00
3.535e+01
40000
3.721e+00
3.536e+01
30000
2.698e+00
3.538e+01
20000
1.675e+00
3.534e+01
18000
1.470e+00
3.528e+01
17500
1.419e+00
3.184e+01
Optionally, if you want to generate the data shown in Table 28.1, Pump Performance Data (p. 443), then follow
the instructions in the following two sections (Writing CFX-Solver Input (.def) Files for Lower Inlet Pressures (p. 443)
and Obtaining Solutions using CFX-Solver Manager (p. 443)). Those instructions involve running several simulations
in order to obtain a set of results files. As a benefit to doing this, you will have the results files required to complete
an optional postprocessing exercise at the end of this tutorial. This optional postprocessing exercise involves using
isosurfaces to visualize the regions of cavitation, and visually comparing these isosurfaces between different results
files.
If you want to use the provided table data to produce a drop curve, proceed to Generating a Drop Curve (p. 444).
2.
Open Cavitation_100000.cfx.
3.
4.
On the Boundary Details tab change Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure to 80000 [Pa].
5.
Click OK.
6.
7.
8.
Click Save.
9.
Change the inlet pressure and save a corresponding CFX-Solver input file for each of the 6 other pressures:
60000 Pa, 40000 Pa, 30000 Pa, 20000 Pa, 18000 Pa, and 17500 Pa.
Note
There are other techniques for defining a set of related simulations. For example, you could use
configuration control, as demonstrated in Flow from a Circular Vent (p. 79).
2.
443
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
3.
4.
5.
Select Cavitation_100000_001.res for the initial values file using the Browse
6.
tool.
You may see a notice about an artificial wall at the inlet. This notice indicates that the flow is trying to exit at
the inlet. This can be ignored because the amount of reverse flow is very low.
CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This can take a long time depending on your system.
Eventually a dialog box is displayed stating that the simulation has completed.
7.
When the completion message appears at the end of the run, click OK without selecting the option to post-process
the results.
8.
Repeat this process until you have run all the CFX-Solver input files for all 6 other inlet pressures: 60000 Pa,
40000 Pa, 30000 Pa, 20000 Pa, 18000 Pa, and 17500 Pa. The pump simulation with cavitation model at an
inlet pressure of 17500 Pa will converge poorly because the performance of the pump is decreasing considerably
around that pressure. Note that the initial values should be taken from the previously generated results (.res)
file.
Writing CFX-Solver Input (.def) Files for Lower Inlet Pressures (p. 443)
Start CFD-Post.
2.
Click Insert > Table and set the name to Drop Curve Values.
3.
Enter the values from Table 28.1, Pump Performance Data (p. 443) for the 8 inlet pressures in the table.
Enter the NPSH values in the left column and the head values in the right column.
4.
Setting
Value
File name
Files of type
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
5.
Click Save.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
General
Title
Drop Curve
Data Series
(Selected)
(Cleared)
10
(Cleared)
NPSH [m]
(Cleared)
45
(Cleared)
Head [m]
Triangle
X Axis
Y Axis
Line Display
Footnote
1.
4.
Click Apply and proceed to Viewing the Drop Curve (p. 445).
445
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
You can see here that there is not significant degradation in the performance curve as the inlet total pressure is
dropped. This is due to the fact that, for a part of the test, the inlet total pressure is sufficiently high to prevent
cavitation, which implies that the normalized pressure rise across the pump is constant. Also, although you may
start at a high inlet pressure where there is no cavitation, as you drop the inlet pressure, cavitation will appear but
will have no significant impact on performance (incipient cavitation) until the blade passage has sufficient blockage
due to vapor. At that point, performance degrades (rapidly in this case).
When the inlet total pressure reaches a sufficiently low value, cavitation occurs. The performance curve then starts
to drop at a pressure of 18000 Pa as you can see on the chart. What is called the point of cavitation is often marked
by the NPSH at which the pressure rise has fallen by a few percent, which is around 17500 Pa in this case.
If you want to complete an optional exercise on visualizing the cavitation regions, proceed to Visualizing the
Cavitation Regions (Optional Exercise) (p. 448). Otherwise, quit CFD-Post, saving the state at your discretion.
Start CFD-Post.
2.
To load the results file, select File > Load Results or click Load Results
3.
On the right side of the Load Results File dialog box, note down the current setting under CFX run history
and multi-configuration options. Set this option to Load complete history as: > A single case, unless already
set.
Important
This setting, under CFX run history and multi-configuration options, persists when you close
CFD-Post. Ensure that you set this back to the original setting noted above, as instructed to do so
at the end of the tutorial. Not doing so could lead to undesirable results when post-processing other
cases.
4.
5.
Click Open.
When you started the CFX-Solver run using initial values, by default theContinue History From option was
on. This enables the results file to retain a reference to the initial value results file. When the final results file
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
446
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
is loaded into CFD-Post using the Load complete history as: A single case, it includes results from all the
initial values files as well as the final results. Each of the previous initial values files is available as a timestep
(in this case a sequence) through the Timestep Selector.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Tab
Setting
Value
General
Type
XY - Transient or Sequence
Title
Drop Curve
(Selected)
Head
X Axis
NPSH
Y Axis
(Cleared)
45
Triangle
Data Series
Line Display
10. Click Apply and proceed to Viewing the Drop Curve (p. 447).
447
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
You can see here that there is not significant degradation in the performance curve as the inlet total pressure is
dropped. This is due to the fact that, for a part of the test, the inlet total pressure is sufficiently high to prevent
cavitation, which implies that the normalized pressure rise across the pump is constant. Also, although you may
start at a high inlet pressure where there is no cavitation, as you drop the inlet pressure, cavitation will appear but
will have no significant impact on performance (incipient cavitation) until the blade passage has sufficient blockage
due to vapor. At that point, performance degrades (rapidly in this case).
When the inlet total pressure reaches a sufficiently low value, cavitation occurs. The performance curve then starts
to drop at a pressure of 18000 Pa as you can see on the chart. What is called the point of cavitation is often marked
by the NPSH at which the pressure rise has fallen by a few percent, which is around 17500 Pa in this case.
Important
If you want to complete an optional exercise on visualizing the cavitation regions, proceed to Visualizing
the Cavitation Regions (Optional Exercise) (p. 448). Otherwise, proceed to Restoring CFX run history
and multi-configuration options (p. 449).
Writing CFX-Solver Input (.def) Files for Lower Inlet Pressures (p. 443)
Cavitation does not occur for the 100000 Pa and 80000 Pa simulations. Create an isosurface for 10% water vapor
(by volume fraction), for the 60000 Pa, 40000 Pa, 20000 Pa, and 17500 Pa simulations:
1.
2.
Select Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name.
3.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
4.
2.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
0.1
Click Apply.
2.
Under Case options, select both Keep current cases loaded and Open in new view.
3.
Select Cavitation_40000_001.res.
4.
Click Open.
5.
Click a blank area inside the viewport named View 2 (which contains the results that you just loaded) to
make that viewport active, then turn on visibility for the isosurface in the Outline tree view.
3.
4.
5.
Observe that the amount of water vapor increases as the inlet pressure decreases.
Important
If you created the drop curve by setting the CFX run history and multi-configuration options, proceed
to Restoring CFX run history and multi-configuration options (p. 449). Otherwise, quit CFD-Post, saving
the state at your discretion.
2.
3.
Load a results file by selecting File > Load Results or click Load Results
4.
On the right side of the Load Results File dialog box, restore the original settings under CFX run history
and multi-configuration options.
5.
6.
Click Open.
7.
449
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
General Fluid
Domain Type
Single Domain
Boundary Conditions
Water Nozzle
Air Inlet
Outlet
Domain 1 Default
CFD-Post
Domain Interface
Fluid Fluid
Timescale
Physical Timescale
Selected
Selected
Plots
Contour Plots
Particle Tracking
451
Periodic boundaries are used to allow only a small section of the full geometry to be modeled. The geometry to be
modeled consists of a 9 degree section of the axisymmetric dryer shape. The relevant parameters of this problem
are:
Size distribution for the drops being created by the Water Nozzle is prescribed using discrete diameter
values and associated fractions of the droplet mass flow rate.
Air Inlet mass and momentum axial component = 30 m/s (downwards along the axis of the spray dryer),Air
Inlet mass and momentum radial component = 0 m/s, Air Inlet mass and momentum theta component
= 10 m/s
The approach for solving this problem is to first import a CCL file with the fluid properties, domain and boundary
conditions in CFX-Pre. Minor changes will be made to the information imported from the CCL file. Boundary
conditions and a domain interface will also be added. In CFD-Post, contour plots will be created to see the variation
of temperature, mass fraction of water, average mean particle diameter of liquid water, and averaged temperature
of liquid water in the spray dryer. Finally, particle tracking will be used for plotting the temperature of liquid water.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
SprayDryer.pre
spraydryer9.gtm
2.
In addition to the files from the examples directory, the evaporating_drops.ccl file from the
etc/model-templates directory, should also be copied over to the working directory.
3.
2.
3.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is
turned off.
4.
5.
6.
Click Save.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Files of type
File name
spraydryer9.gtm
Click Open.
453
Note
The physics for a simulation can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) file at any time by
selecting File > Export > CCL.
1.
Open evaporating_drops.ccl with a text editor and take the time to look at the information it contains.
The template sets up the materials water vapor H2O with a thermal conductivity of 193e-04 W/mK and water
liquid H2Ol, which enters from the Water Nozzle. Note that the water data could also have been imported from
the library in CFX-Pre. The template also creates a continuous gas phase named Gas mixture containing
H2O and Air Ideal Gas and a binary mixture of H2O and H2Ol, which determines the rate of evaporation
of the water. A domain named Domain 1 that includes the Gas mixture and H2Ol as a fluid pair as well
as an inlet boundary is also specified in the CCL file. The inlet boundary is set up with a default static temperature
of 573 K.
2.
3.
Under Import Method, select Append. This will start with the existing CCL already generated and append
the imported CCL.
Note
Replace is useful if you have defined physics and want to update or replace them with
newly-imported physics.
4.
Select evaporating_drops.ccl.
5.
Click Open.
Note
An error message related to the parameter Location will appear in the message window. This error
occurs as the CCL contains a location placeholder that is not part of the mesh. Ignore this error message
as the issue will be addressed when Domain 1 is being edited.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B34
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
Fluid
Gas mixture
Fluid > Gas mixture > Fluid Buoyancy Non Buoyant [2 (p. 455)]
Model > Option
Fluid
H2Ol
Footnotes
3.
1.
2.
Because any natural convection in the gas can be neglected, we can set the fluid to non buoyant.
Click OK.
In the tree view, under Domain 1, right-click inlet, then click Rename. Set the new name to Water
Nozzle.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
Normal Speed
10.0 [m s^-1]
Static Temperature
300.0 K
Normal Speed
10.0 [m s^-1]
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
455
Setting
Value
10*0.1
10*0.1
Static Temperature
Footnotes
4.
1.
The number of representative drops was chosen to be 500 through experience of particle
transport calculations.
2.
Note that this mass flow is only 1/40th of the total mass flow rate of water because only a 9
degree sector is modeled.
Click OK.
Select Insert > Boundary from the main menu or click Boundary
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
air inlet
-30.0 [m s^-1]
Boundary Details
10.0 [m s^-1]
Coordinate Axis
Global Y
Static Temperature
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
456
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.
Setting
Value
423.0 K
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
The outlet boundary will be created as an opening with pressure as specified in the problem description.
1.
Select Insert > Boundary from the main menu or click Boundary
2.
3.
Click OK.
4.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Location
outlet
0.0 [Pa]
Boundary Details
5.
Click OK.
Domain 1 Default
The Domain 1 Default boundary will be edited to use a heat transfer coefficient of 3.0 [W m^-2 K^-1] and
an outside temperature of 300 K.
1.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
300.0 [K]
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
Domain 1
457
Setting
Value
periodic1
Domain 1
periodic 2
Rotational Periodicity
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
100
Physical Timescale
RMS
1.E-4
Footnote
1.
3.
Based on the air inlet speed and the size of the dryer.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Results
Selected
Extra Output Variables List > Extra Output H2Ol.Averaged Mean Particle
Var. List
Diameter, H2Ol.Averaged
Temperature [1 (p. 459)]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
SprayDryer.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
2.
3.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
4.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
5.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards Z.
This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results.
2.
3.
459
Setting
Value
Geometry
Location
Domain Interface 1
Side 1
Variable
Temperature
5.
Click Apply.
6.
When you have finished, right-click the contour you just created in the tree view and select Hide.
Repeat steps 1-6 in the Displaying the Temperature Using a Contour Plot (p. 459) section. In step 3, change the
contour name to H2O Mass Fraction Contour. In step 4, change the variable to H2O.Mass Fraction.
Repeat steps 1-6 in the Displaying the Temperature Using a Contour Plot (p. 459) section. In step 3, change the
contour name to H2Ol Averaged Mean Particle Diameter Contour. In step 4, change the variable
to H2Ol.Averaged Mean Particle Diameter.
Repeat steps 1-6 in the Displaying the Temperature Using a Contour Plot (p. 459) section. In step 3, change the
contour name to H2Ol Averaged Temperature Contour. In step 4, change the variable to
H2Ol.Averaged Temperature.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results.
2.
3.
4.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
H20l.Temperature
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click Apply.
From the contours and particle tracks, notice that the water droplets entering the spray dryer through the Water
Nozzle recirculates in the region between the two inlets before merging in with the stream of hot air entering
the spray dryer through the Air Inlet. Based on this flow of the water drop, the temperature of the hot gas
coming from the Air Inlet decreases as the process takes place. During the spray drying cycle, the air
transfers its thermal energy to the liquid water drops, leading to evaporation. As the air carries the thermal
energy by convection, liquid water droplets that are close to the Air Inlet see their temperature increase,
which leads to evaporation, resulting in a decrease in droplet diameter and an increase in the amount of water
vapor.
Repeat steps 2-5 in the Displaying the Liquid Water Temperature Using Particle Tracking (p. 460) section. In
step 3, change the name to H2Ol Mean Particle Diameter. In step 4, change the variable name to
H20l.Mean Particle Diameter
From the water drop diameter particle track, we can see that as the air from the Air Inlet transfers its
thermal energy to the liquid water, the diameter of water drops decreases as they evaporate. So when the water
drop move away from the Water Nozzle, its diameter decreases as a function of the temperature increase.
2.
461
Coal Combustion Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide (p. 480)
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
CCL File
Import
Domain Type
Single Domain
Boundaries
Coal Inlet
Air Inlet
Outlet
No-slip Wall
Periodic
Symmetry
CFD-Post
Plots
Particle Tracking
Coal Combustion with no-swirl burners where there is no release of nitrogen oxide during the burning process.
Coal Combustion with swirl burners where there is no release of nitrogen oxide during the burning process.
Coal Combustion with swirl burners where there is release of nitrogen oxide during the burning process.
The following figure shows half of the full geometry. The coal furnace has two inlets named Coal Inlet and
Air Inlet, and one outlet. The Coal Inlet (see the inner yellow annulus shown in the figure inset) has air
entering at a mass flow rate of 1.624e-3 kg/s and pulverized coal particles entering at a mass flow rate of 1.015e-3
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
463
The provided mesh occupies a 5 degree section of an axisymmetric coal furnace. Each simulation will make use of
either symmetric or periodic boundaries to model the effects of the remainder of the furnace. In the case of
non-swirling flow, a pair of symmetry boundaries is sufficient; in the case of flow with swirl, a periodic boundary
with rotational periodicity is required.
The relevant parameters of this problem are:
Size distribution for the drops being created by the Coal Inlet = 12, 38, 62, 88 [micron]
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Proximate/ultimate analysis data for the coal. Note that proximate/ultimate analysis data is used to characterize
the properties of the coal including the content of moisture, volatile, free carbon, and ash, as well as the mass
fractions of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen (the major components), sulfur and nitrogen.
The approach for solving this problem is to first import, into CFX-Pre, a CCL file with the proximate/ultimate
analysis data for the coal and the required materials and reactions. The first simulation will be without nitrogen
oxide or swirl. Only small changes to the boundary conditions will be made to create the second simulation, which
has swirl in the flow. After each of the first two simulations, you will use CFD-Post to see the variation of temperature,
water mass fraction and radiation intensity. You will examine particle tracks colored by temperature and by ash
mass fraction. The last simulation has swirl and also involves the release of nitrogen oxide. Finally, you will use
CFD-Post to see the distribution of nitrogen oxide in the third simulation.
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
CoalCombustion.gtm
CoalCombustion_Reactions_Materials.ccl
CoalCombustion_nonox.pre
CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl.pre
CoalCombustion_noxcpp_swirl.pre
2.
3.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain and
Automatic Default Interfaces are turned off.
4.
5.
6.
Click Save.
465
3.
4.
Click Open.
5.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the
shortcut menu.
Note
The physics for a simulation can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) file at any time by
selecting File > Export > CCL.
1.
Open CoalCombustion_Reactions_Materials.ccl with a text editor and take the time to look at
the information it contains.
The CCL sets up the following reactions:
HC Fuel Devolat
Thermal NO PDF.
Ash
Char
Fuel Gas
Gas mixture
HC Fuel
Raw Combustible
The reactions Prompt NO Fuel Gas PDF and Thermal NO PDF are used only in the third simulation.
Other pure substances required for the simulation will be loaded from the standard CFX-Pre materials library.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Open.
7.
Expand the Materials and Reactions branches under Simulation to make sure that all the materials
and reactions described above are present.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Right-click Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 in the Outline tree view and click Insert > Domain.
2.
3.
Click OK
4.
On the Basic Settings, tab under Fluid and Particle Definitions, delete Fluid 1 and create a new fluid
definition named Gas Mixture.
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
B40
Gas Mixture
Continuous Fluid
HC Fuel
(Selected)
Fluid Dependent
Fluid Dependent
Fluid Dependent
Fluid
Gas Mixture
Fluid > Gas Mixture > Heat Transfer > Thermal Energy
Heat Transfer > Option
Fluid > Gas Mixture > Thermal
Radiation > Option
Discrete Transfer
(Selected)
467
Setting
Value
HC Fuel
Fluid > HC Fuel > Heat Transfer > Heat Particle Temperature
Transfer > Option
Fluid Pair Models
Fluid Pair
Fully Coupled
Schiller Naumann
Ranz Marshall
Opaque
Footnotes
7.
1.
2.
3.
The use of the Mass Equivalent option for the particle diameter is used here for
demonstration only. A physically more sensible setting for coal particles, which often stay the
same size or get bigger during combustion, would be the use of the Swelling Model option
with a Swelling Factor of 0.0 (the default) or larger.
4.
Increasing the number of rays to 32 from the default 8, increases the number of rays leaving
the bounding surfaces and increases the accuracy of the thermal radiation calculation.
5.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
CoalInlet
Static Temperature
343 [K]
Component Details
O2
Mass Fraction
0.232
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
469
Setting
Value
Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 12, 38, 62, 88 [micron]
Diameter Distribution > Diameter List
Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 0.18, 0.25, 0.21, 0.36
Diameter Distribution > Mass Fraction List
Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 0.25, 0.25, 0.25, 0.25
Diameter Distribution > Number Fraction
List
3.
Static Temperature
343 [K]
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Location
AirInlet
Static Temperature
573 [K]
Component Details
O2
Mass Fraction
0.232
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
Create the outlet boundary with pressure specified, as follows:
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Outlet
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
470
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Boundary Details
Setting
Value
Location
Outlet
0[Pa]
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
CoalGunWall
Temperature
800 [K]
Opaque
Boundary Details
Footnote
1.
3.
The wall has an emissivity value of 0.6 since about half of the radiation can travel through the
surface and half is reflected and/or absorbed at the surface.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
CoalInletInnerWall,
CoalInletOuterWall [1 (p. 472)]
Temperature
343 [K]
Opaque
Boundary Details
471
Setting
Value
0.6
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
AirInletInnerWall,
AirInletOuterWall [1 (p. 472)]
Temperature
573 [K]
Opaque
0.6
Boundary Details
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
FurnaceFrontWall,
FurnaceOuterWall [1 (p. 473)]
Temperature
Boundary Details
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
1400 [K]
Opaque
0.6
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Wall
Location
QuarlWall
Temperature
1200 [K]
Opaque
0.6
Boundary Details
3.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
PeriodicSide1
Click OK.
473
3.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
PeriodicSide2
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
600
Physical Timescale
(Selected)
25 [2 (p. 475)]
(Selected)
10 [3 (p. 475)]
(Selected)
0.75
Particle Control
Advanced Options
0.75
Particle Ignition
(Selected)
1000 [K]
(Selected)
Smooth
(Selected)
(Selected)
(Selected)
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Setting
Value
16 [4 (p. 475)]
Footnotes
3.
1.
Based on the air inlet speed and the size of the combustor.
2.
The First Iteration parameter sets the coefficient-loop iteration number at which particles are
first tracked; it allows the continuous-phase flow to develop before tracking droplets through
the flow. Experience has shown that the value usually has to be increased to 25 from the default
of 10.
3.
The Iteration Frequency parameter is the frequency at which particles are injected into the
flow after the First Iteration for Particle Calculation iteration number. The iteration frequency
allows the continuous phase to settle down between injections because it is affected by sources
of momentum, heat, and mass from the droplet phase. Experience has shown that the value
usually has to be increased to 10 from the default of 5.
4.
The Target Coarsening Rate parameter controls the size of the radiation element required for
calculating Thermal Radiation. Decreasing the size of the element to 16, from the default 64,
increases the accuracy of the solution obtained, while increasing the computing time required
for the calculations.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CoalCombustion_nonox.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
2.
3.
At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results.
4.
5.
Click OK.
475
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
This orients the geometry with the inlets at the top, as shown at the beginning of this tutorial.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Show Faces
(Selected)
Lighting
Render
Footnote
1.
4.
Turning off the lighting makes the colors accurate in the 3D view, but can make it more difficult
to perceive depth. As an alternative to turning off the lighting, you can try rotating the view
to a different position.
Click Apply.
As expected for a non-swirling case, the flame appears a significant distance away from the burner. The flame
is likely unstable, as evidenced by the rate of solver convergence; the next simulation in this tutorial involves
swirl, which tends to stabilize the flame, and has much faster solver convergence.
Change the variable used for coloring the plot to Radiation Intensity and click Apply.
This plot is directly related to the temperature plot. This result is consistent with radiation being proportional
to temperature to the fourth power.
2.
When you are finished, right-click Symmetry Plane 1 in the Outline tree view and select Hide.
2.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
HC Fuel.Temperature
Click Apply.
Observing the particle tracks, you can see that coal enters the chamber at a temperature of around 343 K. The
temperature of the coal, as it moves away from the inlet, rises as it reacts with the air entering from the inlet.
The general location where the temperature of the coal increases rapidly is close to the location where the
flame appears to be according to the plots created earlier. Downstream of this location, the temperature of the
coal particles begins to drop.
Change the plot of the particle tracks so that they are colored by HC Fuel.Ash.Mass Fraction.
The ashes form in the flame region, as expected.
2.
They promote intense mixing between fuel and air, which is important for an efficient and stable combustion,
and low emissions.
They originate a recirculation region, just at the burner mouth, which traps hot combustion products and acts
as a permanent ignition source, hence promoting the stability of the flame.
If you want to set up the simulation automatically using a tutorial session file, run
CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl.pre. For details, see Playing a Tutorial Session File (p. 3). Then proceed
to Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation with Swirl using CFX-Solver Manager (p. 479).
If you want to set up the simulation manually, proceed to the following section.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Save.
477
Edit Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Furnace > Air Inlet.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Cylindrical Components
0.88
Global Z
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
The average pressure boundary condition leaves the pressure profile unspecified while constraining the average
pressure to the specified value. In some situations, leaving the profile fully unspecified is too weak and convergence
difficulties may result. The 'Pressure Profile Blend' feature works around this by blending between a unspecified
pressure profile and a fully specified pressure profile. By default, the pressure profile blend is 5%. For swirling
flow, however, imposing any amount of a uniform pressure profile is inconsistent with the radial pressure profile
which should naturally develop in response to the fluid rotation, and the pressure profile blend must be set to 0.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Click OK.
In the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Furnace > Symmetry
Plane 1, then select Delete.
2.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Interface Type
Fluid Fluid
PeriodicSide1
PeriodicSide2
Rotational Periodicity
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
478
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
File name
CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl.def
Click Save.
CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Define Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4.
2.
3.
At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results.
4.
5.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Show Faces
(Selected)
Lighting
(Cleared)
Render
4.
Click Apply.
479
Change the variable used for coloring the plot to Radiation Intensity and click Apply.
2.
When you are finished, right-click Periodic Side 1 in the Outline tree view and select Hide.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
HC Fuel.Temperature
Click Apply.
Change the plot of the particle tracks so that they are colored by HC Fuel.Ash.Mass Fraction.
2.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click Save.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Setting
Value
Gas Mixture
(Selected)
Click OK.
4.
Edit Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Furnace > Air Inlet.
5.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Component Details
NO
Click OK.
7.
Edit Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Furnace > Coal Inlet.
8.
Setting
Value
Boundary Details
Component Details
NO
Click OK.
2.
Value
File name
CoalCombustion_noxcpp_swirl.def
481
Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide using CFX-Solver Manager
3.
Click Save.
4.
2.
3.
Select CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl_001.res for the initial values file using the Browse
tool.
The fluid solution from the previous case has not changed for this simulation. Loading the results from the
previous case as an initial guess eliminates the need for the solver to solve for the fluids solutions again.
4.
5.
At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results.
6.
7.
Click OK.
Viewing the Results for the Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen
Oxide in CFD-Post
In this section, you will make a plot on the Periodic Side 1 region showing the variation of concentration of
nitrogen oxide through the coal furnace.
1.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
NO.Mass Fraction
Show Faces
(Selected)
Lighting
(Cleared)
Render
4.
Click Apply.
You can see that NO is produced in the high-temperature region near the inlet. Further downstream, the mass
fraction of NO is more uniform.
5.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about:
Source linearization.
Component
Feature
Details
CFX-Pre
User Mode
General Mode
Domain Type
Single Domain
Analysis Type
Steady State
Fluid Type
Continuous Fluid
Dispersed Fluid
CCL File
Import
Boundary Conditions
Inlet Boundary
Opening Boundary
Outlet Boundary
Steam Jet Default
Symmetry Boundary
CFD-Post
Timestep
Physical Timescale
Plots
Default Locators
Line Locator
Other
Chart Creation
483
To set up this simulation, you will first import the mesh and CCL files that contain the required expressions and
Additional Variable definitions. You will then define:
boundary conditions
Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Starting CFX-Pre
1.
2.
Prepare the working directory using the following files in the examples directory:
SteamJet.pre
steam_jet.gtm
steam_jet_expressions.ccl
steam_jet_additional_variables.ccl
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
3.
Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain and
Automatic Default Interfaces are turned off.
4.
5.
6.
Click Save.
2.
In the Import Mesh dialog box, set Files of type to CFX Mesh (*gtm *cfx) and select steam_jet.gtm
from your working directory.
3.
Click Open.
Note
The physics for a case can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) file at any time by selecting
File > Export > CCL.
1.
Select CCL files from your working directory, and open them one at a time with a text editor and take the time
to look at the information they contain. For details on setting up the working directory, see Starting
CFX-Pre (p. 484). The information contained in the CCL files is outlined below:
2.
The CCl file steam_jet_expressions.ccl creates expressions required for setting up the following
data:
Liquid/gas interface
Heats of vaporization
3.
Under Import Method, select Append. This options appends the changes to the existing case.
485
Note
The Replace option is useful if you have defined the physics and want to update or replace the
existing physics using the newly imported CCL.
4.
5.
Click Open. The CCL is now loaded as indicated by the status bar in the bottom right corner of the window.
After a short pause, the CCL and the Outline tree view will be updated.
6.
7.
In the Outline tree view, expand the Additional Variables and Expressions branches under
Simulation > Expressions, Functions and Variables to confirm that new objects have been
added after importing the CCL files.
2.
3.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
None
Steady State
Click OK.
In the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation > Materials and select Import Library Data.
The Select Library Data to Import dialog box appears.
2.
Under Import Method, select Append. This options appends the CCL changes to the existing case.
4.
486
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
In the Select Library Data to Import dialog box, expand Wet Steam and select Steam3vl.
6.
Click OK.
7.
In the Outline tree view, expand Simulation > Materials to confirm that Steam3l, Steam3v, and
Steam3vl have been added to the list.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Materials List
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Option
Materials List
Steam3l
Click OK.
Select Insert > Domain from the menu bar, or click Domain
2.
In the Insert Domain dialog box, set the name to Steam Jet and click OK.
3.
On the Basic Settings tab, apply the following settings under Location and Type:
Setting
Value
Location
B26
Domain Type
Fluid Domain
487
4.
Setting
Value
Coordinate Frame
Coord 0
On the Basic Settings tab, delete any existing items under Fluid and Particle Definitions by selecting them
and clicking Remove selected item
5.
Under Fluid and Particle Definitions, create two fluid definitions named Gas and Liquid by using the Add
new item
icon.
The new fluids named Gas and Liquid appear under Fluid and Particle Definitions.
6.
On the Basic Settings tab, apply the following settings under Fluid and Particle Definitions:
Setting
Value
(List Box)
Gas
Gas mixture
Continuous Fluid
(List Box)
Liquid
Liquid mixture
Dispersed Fluid
Footnote
1.
7.
Value
Fluid Dependent
Fluid Dependent
None
None
8.
On the Fluid Models tab under Additional Variable Models > Additional Variable, select FalseDt and
select the FalseDt check box.
9.
Make sure that Additional Variable Models > Additional Variable > FalseDt > Option is set to Fluid
Dependent.
10. Repeat the previous two steps for the rest of the Additional Variables (PCoef, SatLheat, SatPres, SatTemp,
WaFluxGL, WaFluxLG).
11. On the Fluid Specific Models tab, select Gas in the list box, then apply the following settings:
Setting
Value
Total Energy
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Value
k-Epsilon
Scalable
Component Models > Component > Air Ideal Gas > Option
Constraint
Steam3v
Transport Equation
(Selected)
Component Models > Component > Steam3v > Kinematic Diffusivity >
Kinematic Diffusivity
PCoef
(Selected)
Footnote
1.
12. On the Fluid Specific Models tab, select Liquid in the list box, then apply the following settings:
Setting
Value
Total Energy
13. Under Additional Variable Models (for Liquid), select FalseDt in the list box, then apply the following
settings:
Setting
Value
FalseDt
(Selected)
Footnote
1.
14. Repeat the previous step for the rest of the Additional Variables (PCoef, SatLheat, SatPres, SatTemp, WaFluxGL,
WaFluxLG) using the following values:
Additional Variable
Expression
PCoef
SatLheat
489
Creating Subdomains
Additional Variable
Expression
SatPres
SatTemp
WaFluxGL
WaFluxLG
Footnote
1.
15. On the Fluid Pair Models tab, select Gas | Liquid in the list box, then apply the following settings:
Setting
Value
(Selected)
Particle Model
Schiller Naumann
None
None
Ranz Marshall
Footnote
1.
Creating Subdomains
To provide the correct modeling for the steam jet you need to define mass fraction sources for the fluid components
steam3v and steam3l. To do this, you need to create a subdomain where the relevant sources can be specified.
In this case, sources need to be provided within the entire domain of the steam jet since the reaction occurs throughout
the domain.
2.
Value
Location
B26
Coordinate Frame
Coord 0
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating Subdomains
3.
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Gas in the list box, then select the Gas check box and apply the following
settings:
Setting
Value
Equation Sources
Continuity
(Selected)
(Selected)
Equation Sources > Continuity > MCF/Energy Sink Option > Sink
Option
(Selected)
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Option
Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option
Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value
Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy Value
> Option
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy Gas.ke [1 (p. 492)]
> Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option
Equation Sources
Steam3v.mf
(Selected)
Source
(Selected)
491
Creating Subdomains
Footnotes
4.
1.
2.
This source coefficient is required only for the mass transfer rates between gas and liquid
phases. The source is set to 0 [kg m^3 s^-1] because there is no external source and thus no
additional mass is transferred into the system.
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Liquid in the list box, then select the Liquid check box and apply the
following settings:
Setting
Value
Equation Sources
Continuity
(Selected)
(Selected)
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option
Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option
Equation Sources
Energy
(Selected)
Source
(Selected)
Equation Sources > Energy > Source Coefficient > Source Coefficient -Liquid.vf*Liquid.density*Liquid.Cp/DtFalseMf
[1 (p. 492)]
Footnote
1.
5.
Click OK.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating Subdomains
1.
2.
3.
Setting
Value
Location
B26
Coordinate Frame
Coord 0
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Gas in the list box, then select the Gas check box and apply the following
settings:
Setting
Value
Equation Sources
Continuity
(Selected)
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Option
Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option
Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Value
> Option
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Gas.ed [1 (p. 493)]
> Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy > Value
Option
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy > Gas.ke [1 (p. 493)]
Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option
Footnote
1.
4.
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Liquid in the list box, then select the Liquid check box and apply the
following settings:
Setting
Value
Equation Sources
Continuity
493
Creating Boundaries
Setting
Value
(Selected)
(Selected)
Equation Sources > Continuity > MCF/Energy Sink Option > Sink Spec. Mass Frac. and Temp.
Option
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option Value
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value SatT [1 (p. 494)]
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Equation Sources
Energy
(Selected)
Source
(Selected)
Equation Sources > Energy > Source Coefficient > Source Coefficient -Liquid.vf*Liquid.density*Liquid.Cp/DtFalseMf
[1 (p. 494)]
Footnote
1.
5.
Click OK.
Creating Boundaries
This section outlines the steps to create the following boundaries: a Gas Inlet for the location where the steam
is injected, an Opening boundary for the outer edges of the domain, and two symmetry boundaries. The wall of
the injection pipe will assume the default boundary (a smooth, no-slip wall).
Inlet Boundary
At the gas inlet, create an inlet boundary that injects wet steam at a normal speed and static temperature set consistent
with the problem description. The steam contains a liquid and vapor component whose sum of volume fractions is
unity.
1.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Inlet
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
494
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Creating Boundaries
Tab
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
Setting
Value
Location
gas inlet
Normal Speed
341 [m s^-1]
Fluid Dependent
Static Temperature
373 K
Boundary Conditions
Gas
Value
Liquid
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Opening
495
Creating Boundaries
Tab
Setting
Value
Location
Boundary Details
Fluid Values
Opening Temperature
Boundary Conditions
Gas
Value
Liquid
Footnotes
3.
1.
2.
Click OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
F29.26
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
4.
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
Boundary Type
Symmetry
Location
F27.26
Click OK.
Right-click Expressions in the Outline tree view and select Insert > Expression.
2.
3.
In the Definition area, type or copy and paste the following expression:
step(20.5-aitern)*1.0e-5 [s] + step(aitern-20.5)*step(100.5-aitern)*1.0e-4
[s] + step(aitern-100.5)*step(300.5-aitern)*2.0e-4 [s] +
step(aitern-300.5)*step(500.5-aitern)*5.0e-4 [s] + step(aitern-500.5)*1.0e-3
[s]
4.
Click Apply.
2.
Setting
Value
Basic Settings
High Resolution
1500
Physical Timescale
RMS
1.0E-4
497
Setting
Value
Advanced Options
(Selected)
(Selected)
Segregated
Footnote
1.
3.
Click OK.
2.
In the Write Solver Input File dialog box, set File name to SteamJet.def and click Save.
3.
If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the case (.cfx) file at your discretion.
2.
3.
4.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run.
5.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
6.
Click OK.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results.
2.
3.
4.
498
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
5.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
SymP2
Variable
Gas.Steam3v.Molar
Fraction
Click Apply.
This will result in SymP2 shown colored by the molar fraction of steam. The steam enters at the Gas Inlet and
therefore has a higher gas to liquid mass transfer rate at this location. You may want to zoom in near the gas inlet
to view the molar fraction variation more closely.
In the tree view, clear the check box beside Steam Molar Fraction to hide it.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
SymP2
Variable
Liquid.WaFluxGL
Click Apply.
This will result in SymP2 shown colored by the gas to liquid mass transfer rate. The steam enters at the Gas Inlet
and therefore has a higher gas to liquid mass transfer rate at this location. You may want to zoom in near the gas
inlet to view the mass transfer rate variation more closely.
In the tree view, clear the check box beside Gas to Liquid Flux to hide it.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tab
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
SymP2
Variable
Liquid.WaFluxLG
Click Apply.
This will result in SymP2 shown colored by the liquid to gas mass transfer rate. The steam enters at the Gas Inlet
and therefore has a higher liquid to gas mass transfer rate at this location. You may want to zoom in near the gas
inlet to view the mass transfer rate variation more closely.
499
Displaying the Gas to Liquid and Liquid to Gas Phase Transfer Rates in Synchronous Views
In the viewer tool bar, open the viewport drop-down menu and click the option with two horizontal viewports.
2.
3.
4.
In the tree view, select the check box beside Gas to Liquid Flux.
Note
Under User Locations and Plots in the tree view, ensure that only Liquid to Gas
Flux is visible in View 1, and only Gas to Liquid Flux is visible in View 2.
5.
In View 2, right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Z.
This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results.
You may want to zoom in near the gas inlet to view the differences between the gas to liquid and liquid to gas phase
transfer rates.
In the tree view, right-click User Locations and Plots and select Insert > Location > Line.
2.
In the Insert Line dialogue box, use the default name and click OK.
3.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Two Points
0, 0.005, 0.0002
5, 0.005, 0.0002
(Selected)
4.
Click Apply.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Tab
Setting
Value
General
Title
Data Series
Line 1
X Axis
Y Axis
Liquid.FalseDt
(Selected)
Click Apply.
The false time step peaks where the interphase mass transfer rate changes sign, and hence goes through zero. This
is true because the false time step is inversely proportional to the absolute mass transfer rate.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
500
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
501
Problem Description
The problem to be considered is shown schematically in Figure 32.1, Problem Specification (p. 504). A cold fluid
at 20 C flows into the pipe through a large inlet and mixes with a warmer fluid at 40 C that enters through a smaller
inlet located at the elbow. The pipe dimensions are in inches, but the fluid properties and boundary conditions are
given in SI units. The Reynolds number for the flow at the larger inlet is 50,800, so the flow has been modeled as
being turbulent.
Note
This tutorial is derived from an existing ANSYS FLUENT case. The combination of SI and Imperial
units is not typical, but follows an ANSYS FLUENT example.
Because the geometry of the mixing elbow is symmetric, only half of the elbow is modeled.
503
If you have CFD-Post or ANSYS CFX, sample files are in <CFXROOT>\examples, where <CFXROOT> is
the installation directory for ANSYS CFX. Copy the CAS and CDAT files (elbow1.cas.gz,
elbow1.cdat.gz, elbow3.cas.gz, and elbow3.cdat.gz) to your working directory.
2.
Extract the CAS files and CDAT files (elbow1.cas.gz, elbow1.dat.gz, elbow3.cas.gz and
elbow3.dat.gz) from cfd-post-elbow.zip to your working directory.
These tutorials are prepared on a Windows system. The screen shots and graphic images in the tutorials may
be slightly different than the appearance on your system, depending on the operating system or graphics card.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
To run CFD-Post standalone, from the Start menu, right-click All Programs > ANSYS 12.1 > Fluid Dynamics
> CFD-Post and select Properties. Type the path to your working directory in the Start in field and click OK,
then click All Programs > ANSYS 12.1 > Fluid Dynamics > CFD-Post to launch CFD-Post.
On Windows:
From the Start menu, go to All Programs > ANSYS 12.1 > Fluid Dynamics > CFX.
In a DOS window that has its path set up correctly to run ANSYS CFX, enter cfx5launch
(otherwise, you will need to type the full pathname of the cfx command, which will be something
similar to C:\Program Files\ANSYS Inc\v121\CFX\bin).
On UNIX, enter cfx5launch in a terminal window that has its path set up to run ANSYS CFX (the
path will be something similar to /usr/ansys_inc/v121/CFX/bin).
2.
Select the Working Directory (where you copied the sample files).
3.
ANSYS Workbench
1.
2.
From the menu bar, select File > Save As and save the project file to the directory that you want to be the
working directory.
3.
Open the Component Systems toolbox and double-click Results. A Results system opens in the Project
Schematic.
4.
ANSYS FLUENT
1.
ANSYS FLUENT Launcher allows you to decide which version of ANSYS FLUENT you will use, based
on your geometry and on your processing capabilities.
505
2.
b.
c.
Make sure that the Display Mesh After Reading and Embed Graphics Windows options are enabled.
d.
Tip
You can also restore the default settings by clicking the Default button.
3.
Set the working path to the directory created when you unzipped cfd-post-elbow.zip.
a.
b.
Enter the path to your working directory for Working Directory by double-clicking the text box and
typing.
Alternatively, you can click the browse button (
) next to the Working Directory text box and
browse to the directory, using the Browse For Folder dialog box.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.
507
5.
Select File > Read > Case & Data and choose the elbow1.cas.gz file.
6.
7.
In the Select Quantities list that appears, highlight the following variables:
8.
Static Pressure
Density
X Velocity
Y Velocity
Z Velocity
Static Temperature
Click Write.
CFD-Post starts with the tutorial file loaded.
9.
In the ANSYS FLUENT application, select File > Read > Case & Data and choose the elbow3.cas.gz
file.
10. On the Export to CFD-Post dialog, clear the Open CFD-Post option and click Write. Accept the default
name and click OK to save the files.
11. Close ANSYS FLUENT.
508
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Use multiple viewports to compare a contour plot to the display of a variable on a boundary
Create a custom variable and cause the plane to move through the domain to show how the values of a custom
variable change at different locations in the geometry
If you have launched CFD-Post from ANSYS FLUENT, proceed to the next step. For all other situations, load
the simulation from the data file (elbow1.cdat.gz) from the menu bar by selecting File > Load Results.
In the Load Results File dialog, select elbow1.cdat.gz and click Open.
2.
If you see a pop-up that discusses Global Variables Ranges, it can be ignored. Click OK.
The mixing elbow appears in the 3D Viewer in an isometric orientation. The wireframe appears in the view
and there is a check mark beside User Location and Plots > Wireframe in the Outline tree view; the check
mark indicates that the wireframe is visible in the 3D Viewer.
3.
b.
c.
Set:
Background > Color to white. To do this, click the bar beside the Color label to cycle through 10
basic colors. (Click the right-mouse button to cycle backwards.) Alternatively, you can choose any
color by clicking
to the right of the Color option.
d.
e.
Experiment with rotating the object by clicking on the arrows of the triad in the 3D Viewer. This is the
triad:
509
Note
The viewer must be in viewing mode for you to be able to click on the triad. You set viewing
mode or select mode by clicking the icons in the viewer toolbar:
When you have finished experimenting, click the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad to return to the isometric
view of the object.
4.
Set CFD-Post to display objects in the units you want to see. These display units are not necessarily the same
types as the units in the results files you load; however, for this tutorial you will set the display units to be the
same as the solution units for consistency. As mentioned in the Problem Description (p. 503), the solution units
are SI, except for the length, which is measured in inches.
a.
Tip
The Options dialog is where you set your preferences; see Setting Preferences with the Options
Dialog (p. 81) for details.
b.
c.
Notice that System is set to SI. In order to be able to change an individual setting (length, in this case)
from SI to imperial, set System to Custom. Now set Length to in (inches) and click OK.
Note
The display units you set are saved between sessions and projects. This means that you can load
results files from diverse sources and always see familiar units displayed.
You have set only length to inches; volume will still be reported in meters. To change volume
as well, in the Options dialog, select Common > Units, then click More Units to find the full
list of settings.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Right-click on the wireframe in the 3D Viewer and select Show surface mesh to display the mesh.
2.
Click the Z axis of triad in the viewer to get a side view of the object. (Remember that the 3D Viewer toolbar
has to be in viewing mode for you to be able to select the triad elements.)
511
3.
In the Outline tree view, double-click on User Locations and Plots > Wireframe to display the wireframe's
editor.
Tip
Click on the Details of Wireframe editor and press F1 to see help about the Wireframe object.
4.
On the Wireframe Details view, click Defaults and Apply to restore the original settings.
To view the mesh for a particular portion of the simulation (in this case, the wall):
1.
In the Outline tree view, select the check box beside Cases > elbow1 > fluid > wall, then double-click wall
to edit its properties in its Details view.
2.
b.
c.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
d.
Click Apply.
The mesh appears and is similar to the mesh shown by the previous procedure, except that the mesh is
shown only on the wall.
e.
Now, clear the display of the wall wireframe. In the Details view:
i.
ii.
In the Outline tree view, clear the check box beside Cases > elbow1 > fluid > wall.
Note
The rest of the tutorial assumes that the wall is not visible or, if it is visible, that it is showing faces, not
lines.
To check the mesh:
1.
Select the Calculators tab at the top of the workspace area, then double-click Mesh Calculator. The Mesh
Calculator appears.
2.
Using the drop-down arrow beside the Function field, select a function such as Maximum Face Angle.
513
3.
4.
Repeat the previous steps for other functions, such as Mesh Information.
In the Calculators view, double-click Function Calculator. The Function Calculator appears.
2.
In the Function field, select a function to evaluate. This example uses minVal.
3.
4.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Click OK.
5.
Click Calculate to see the result of the calculation of the minimum value of element volumes found in the
fluid region. Note that even though the length of the elbow is measured in inches, the volume is returned in
cubic meters.
2.
3.
4.
515
1.
Click Rotate
2.
Click and drag repeatedly within the viewer to test the rotation of the geometry. Notice how the mouse cursor
changes depending on where you are in the viewer, particularly near the edges:
The geometry rotates based on the direction of movement. If the mouse cursor has an axis (which happens
around the edges), the object rotates around the axis shown in the cursor. The axis of rotation is through the
pivot point, which defaults to be in the center of the object.
Tip
See Mouse Button Mapping (p. 49) for details about other features that you can access with the mouse.
Now explore orientation options:
1.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -X.
2.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Z Up).
3.
Click the Z axis of triad in the viewer to get a side view of the object.
4.
Click the three axes in the triad in turn to see the vector objects in all three planes; when you are done, click
the cyan (ISO) sphere.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
516
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
1.
Click
2.
Hover over one of the wireframe lines and notice that the cursor turns into a box.
3.
Click a wireframe line and notice that the Details view for the wireframe appears.
4.
Right-click away from a wireframe line and then again on a wireframe line. Notice how the menu changes:
5.
In the Outline tree view, select the elbow1 > fluid > wall check box; the outer wall of the elbow becomes
solid. Notice that as you hover over the colored area, the cursor again becomes a box, indicating that you can
perform operations on that region. When you right-click on the wall, a new menu appears.
6.
Click on the triad and notice that you cannot change the orientation of the viewer object. (The triad is available
only in viewing mode, not select mode.)
7.
In the Outline tree view, clear the elbow1 > fluid > wall check box; the outer wall of the elbow disappears.
With the 3D Viewer toolbar in viewing mode, click on the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad. This will make it
easy to see the instance reflection you are about to create.
2.
Right-click on one of the wireframe lines on the symmetry plane. (If you were in select mode, the mouse cursor
would have a box image added when you are on a valid line. As you are in viewing mode there is no change
to the cursor to show that you are on a wireframe line, so you may see the general right-click menu, as opposed
to the right-click menu for the symmetry plane.) See Figure 32.4, Right-click Menus Vary by Cursor
Position (p. 517).
517
From the right-click menu, select Reflect/Mirror. If you see a dialog prompting you for the direction of the
normal, choose the Z axis. The mirrored copy of the wireframe appears.
Tip
If the reflection you create is on an incorrect axis, click the Undo
From the menu bar, select Insert > Contour. In the Insert Contour dialog, accept the default name, and click
OK.
2.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Locations
symmetrya
Variable
Velocityb
Notice how the available locations are highlighted in the viewer as you move the mouse over the objects in the Locations drop-down
list. You could also create a slice plane at a location of your choice and define the contour to be at that location.
b
Velocity is just an example of a variable you can use. For a list of ANSYS FLUENT variables and their CFX equivalents, see ANSYS
FLUENT Field Variables Listed by Category (p. 199).
3.
Click Apply. The contour plot for velocity appears and a legend is automatically generated.
4.
The coloring of the contour plot may not correspond to the colors on the legend because the viewer has a light
source enabled by default. There are several ways to correct this:
You can experiment with changing the position of the light source by holding down the Ctrl key and
dragging the cursor with the right mouse button.
You can disable lighting for the contour plot. To disable lighting, click on the Render tab and clear the
check box beside Lighting, then click Apply.
Disabling the lighting is the method that provides you with the most flexibility, so change that setting now.
5.
Click on the Z on the triad to better orient the geometry (the 3D Viewer must be in viewing mode, not select
mode, to do this).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
6.
On the Render tab, select Show Contour Lines and click the plus sign to view more options.
b.
c.
Set Color Mode to User Specified and set Line Color to black (if necessary, click on the bar beside
Line Color until black appears).
d.
Click Apply.
519
7.
Hide the contour plot by clearing the check box beside User Locations and Plots > Contour 1 in the Outline
tree view.
Tip
You can also hide an object by right-clicking on its name in the Outline tree view and selecting
Hide.
2.
Click OK to accept the default name. The Details view for the vector appears.
3.
4.
Click Apply.
5.
6.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
7.
Change the vector plot so that the vectors are colored by temperature:
a.
b.
c.
d.
8.
Optionally, change the vector symbol. In the Details view for the vector, go to the Symbol tab and set Symbol
to Arrow3D. Click Apply.
9.
Hide the vector plot by right-clicking on a vector symbol in the plot and selecting Hide.
CFD-Post uses the Variable setting on the Geometry tab to determine where to place objects to best illustrate
changes in that variable. Once the object has been put in place, you can have CFD-Post measure other variables
along those streamlines by using the Variable setting on the Color tab. In this example you will create streamlines
to show the flow distribution by velocity, then recolor those streamlines to show turbulent kinetic energy:
1.
From the menu bar select Insert > Streamline. Accept the default name and click OK.
2.
In the Details view for Streamline 1, choose the points from which to start the streamlines. Click on the down
arrow
beside the Start From drop-down widget to see the potential starting points. Hover over each point
and notice that the area is highlighted in the 3D Viewer. It would be best to show how streamlines from both
521
3.
In the Location Selector dialog, hold down the Ctrl key and click velocity inlet 5 and velocity
inlet 6 to highlight both locations, then click OK.
4.
Click Preview Seed Points to see the starting points for the streamlines.
5.
6.
7.
a.
b.
c.
Click Apply. The streamlines show the flow of massless particles through the entire domain.
8.
Select the check box beside Vector 1. The vectors appear, but are largely hidden by the streamlines. To correct
this, highlight Streamline 1 in the Outline tree view and press Delete. The vectors are now clearly visible,
but the work you did to create the streamlines is gone. Click the Undo icon
9.
to restore Streamline 1.
Hide the vector plot and the streamlines by clearing the check boxes beside Vector 1 and Streamline 1 in the
Outline tree view.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Under User Locations and Plots, clear the check box for Wireframe.
b.
Under Cases > elbow1 > fluid, select the check box for wall.
c.
Double-click on wall to edit its properties. On the Render tab, set Transparency to 0.75 and click
Apply.
This makes the pipe easy to see while also making it possible to see objects inside the pipe.
2.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Vortex Core Region and click OK to accept the default name.
3.
In the Details view for Vortex Core Region 1 on the Geometry tab, set Method to Absolute Helicity
and Level to .01. On the Render tab, set Transparency to 0.2. Click Apply.
The absolute helicity vortex that is displayed is created by a mixture of effects from the walls, the curve in the
main pipe, and the interaction of the fluids. If you had chosen the vorticity method instead, wall effects would
dominate.
4.
On the Color tab, click on the colored bar in the Color field until the bar is green. Click Apply.
This improves the contrast between the vortex region and the blue walls.
5.
Right-click in the 3D Viewer and select Predefined Camera > Isometric View (Y up).
6.
In the Outline tree view, select the check box beside Streamline 1. This shows how the streamlines are affected
by the vortex regions.
523
7.
Clear the check boxes beside wall, Streamline 1 and Vortex Core Region 1. Select the check box beside
Wireframe.
To do the comparison, split the 3D Viewer into two viewports by using the Viewport Layout toolbar in the 3D
Viewer toolbar:
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Right-click in both viewports and select Predefined Camera > View Towards -Y.
3.
In the Outline tree view, double-click on pressure outlet 7 (which is under elbow1 > fluid). The
Details view of pressure outlet 7 appears.
4.
5.
b.
c.
d.
Click Apply. The plot of pressure appears and the legend shows a smooth spectrum that goes from blue
to red. Notice that this happens in both viewports; this is because Synchronize visibility in displayed views
is enabled.
e.
Click in View 2 to make it active; the title bar for that viewport becomes highlighted.
2.
In the Outline tree view, clear the check box beside fluid > pressure outlet 7.
3.
4.
5.
In the Details view for the contour, ensure that the Locations setting is pressure outlet 7 and the
Variable setting is Pressure.
6.
7.
Click Apply. The contour plot for pressure appears and the legend shows a spectrum that steps through 10
levels from blue to red.
8.
Compare the two representations of pressure at the outlet. Pressure at the Outlet is on the left and a Contour
Plot of pressure at the Outlet is on the right:
525
9.
In the Outline tree view, right-click on User Locations and Plots > Contour 2 and select Edit.
b.
In the Details view for the contour, click on the Render tab, expand the Show Contour Lines area, and
select the Constant Coloring check box. Then set the Color Mode to User Specified. Click Apply.
c.
Click on the Labels tab and select Show Numbers. Click Apply.
In View 1, click the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad so that the two viewports show the elbow in different
orientations.
b.
In the 3D Viewer toolbar, click the Synchronize camera in displayed views icon
take the camera orientation of the active viewport.
c.
d.
In the 3D Viewer toolbar, click the Synchronize visibility in displayed views icon
e.
In the Outline tree view, right-click on fluid > wall and select Show. The wall becomes visible in both
viewports. (Synchronization applies only to events that take place after you enable the synchronize visibility
function.)
. Both viewports
11. When you are done, use the viewport controller to return to a single viewport. The synchronization icons
disappear.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
In the Outline tree view in the User Location and Plots area, right-click and select Hide All, then click in
the check boxes to enable the Default Legend View 1 and the Wireframe.
2.
Click the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad so that you can again see the full elbow.
3.
On the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Line. In the Insert Line dialog, accept the default name
and click OK.
b.
Accept the default values and click Apply. A yellow line appears near the inside of the elbow.
c.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Point 1a
4, 7.999, 0.001b
Point 2
8, 7.999, 0.001
Line Type
Cutc
Mode
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Range
Local
Line Width
Color
Render
a
The units are taken from the 3D Viewer options setting, which you can access from the menu bar by selecting Edit > Options.
The Z value ensures that the line unambiguously passes through the domain.
c
This setting constrains the line to be within the object.
b
d.
4.
Click Apply.
On the menu bar, select Insert > Chart. In the Insert Chart dialog, accept the default name and click
OK.
b.
In the Details view for Chart 1, on the General tab set Title to Output Temperatures.
c.
On the Data Series tab, set Name to Temperature at Line 1 and Location to Line 1.
d.
e.
f.
Click Apply. A chart similar to the following appears in the Chart Viewer:
527
Tip
The Chart Viewer tab is at the bottom of the viewers area.
Now add a second line to the simulation and to the chart so that you can compare temperature distributions at two
points:
1.
Click on the 3D Viewer tab so that you can see the line you are about to create.
2.
On the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Line. In the Insert Line dialog, accept the default name
and click OK.
b.
Setting
Value
Geometry
Point 1a
4, 1.25, 0.001b
Point 2
8, 1.25, 0.001
Line Type
Cutc
Mode
Variable
Color
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Render
Setting
Value
Variable
Temperature
Range
Local
Line Width
The units are taken from the 3D Viewer options setting, which you can access from the menu bar by selecting Edit > Options.
The Z value ensures that the line unambiguously passes through the domain.
c
This setting constrains the line to be within the object.
b
c.
3.
Click Apply. A second line appears near the middle of the top section of pipe.
b.
In the Details view for Chart 1, click on the Data Series tab, then click the New icon
appears.
. A new series
c.
Tab
Setting
Value
Series
Name
Temperature at Line 2
Location
Line 2
Click Apply. A chart similar to the following appears in the Chart Viewer:
529
The temperatures at Line 2 are higher, which shows that less mixing has occurred than at Line 1.
2.
Click on the +Z axis on the triad to get a side-view of the elbow, then rotate the top of the elbow slightly
towards you. This will make it easier for you to see the temperature planes that you will create.
3.
From the tool bar, select Location > Plane. In the Insert Plane dialog, type Table Plane 1 and click OK.
4.
In the Details view for Table Plane 1, set the following values:
Tab
Field
Geometry Domains
Value
fluid
-6.04
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
530
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Field
Value
Color
Mode
Variable
Variable
Temperature
Range
Local
Lighting
(clear)
Render
5.
Click Apply.
6.
Right-click on Table Plane 1 and select Duplicate. The Duplicate dialog appears.
In the Duplicate dialog, accept the default name Table Plane 2 and click OK.
In the Outline view, double-click on Table Plane 2 and on the Geometry tab change Definition > Y to -0.55.
Click Apply.
7.
Repeat the previous step, duplicating Table Plane 2 to make Table Plane 3 and changing Definition
> Y to 2.18. Click Apply.
8.
Repeat the previous step, duplicating Table Plane 3 to make Table Plane 4 and changing Definition
> Y to 5.04. Click Apply.
From the menu bar, select Insert > Table. Accept the default table name and click OK. The Table Viewer
opens.
2.
1
3.
Distance to Outlet
Min. Temperature
Max. Temperature
Difference
For the Distance to Outlet column, create an equation that gives the distance from the outlet (which is at the
8 mark). Click on cell A2, then in the Table Viewer's Insert bar, select Function > CFD-Post > minVal. In
the cell definition field you see =minVal()@, which will be the base of the equation. With the cursor between
the parentheses, type Y. Move the cursor after the @ sign and either type Table Plane 1 or select Insert
> Location > Table Plane 1. The expression you have created gives the value of Y for Table Plane 1. To
determine the distance of Table Plane 1 from the outlet, complete the equation as follows, being careful to add
8[in]- to the beginning of the equation to set the location of the outlet:
=8[in]-minVal(Y)@Table Plane 1
When you click away from cell A2, the equation is solved as 1.404e+01 [in].
4.
Complete the rest of the table by entering the following cell definitions:
A
Distance to Outlet
Min. Temperature
Max. Temperature
Difference
=8[in]-minVal(Y)@Table =minVal(T)@Table
Plane 1
Plane 1
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 1
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 1minVal(T)@Table Plane
1
=8[in]-minVal(Y)@Table =minVal(T)@Table
Plane 2
Plane 2
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 2
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 2minVal(T)@Table Plane
2
=8[in]-minVal(Y)@Table =minVal(T)@Table
Plane 3
Plane 3
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 3
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 3-
531
=8[in]-minVal(Y)@Table =minVal(T)@Table
Plane 4
Plane 4
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 4
=maxVal(T)@Table
Plane 4minVal(T)@Table Plane
4
=8[in]-minVal(Y)@pressure =minVal(T)@pressure
outlet 7
outlet 7
=maxVal(T)@pressure =maxVal(T)@pressure
outlet 7
outlet 7minVal(T)@pressure
outlet 7
As you complete the table, notice that the minimum temperature values stay constant, but the maximum values
decrease as mixing occurs.
Note
The sixth row determines the values at the outlet, rather than on a plane you defined.
5.
The default format for cell data is appropriate for some variables, but it is not appropriate here. Click on cell
A2, then while depressing the Shift key, click in the lower-right cell (D6). Click on the Number Formatting
icon in the Table Viewer toolbar. In the Cell Formatting dialog, set Precision to 2, change Scientific to
Fixed, and click OK.
Click on the Report Viewer tab at the bottom of the viewer to view the current report.
2.
In the Outline tree view, double-click on the Report > Title Page. In the Title field on the Content tab of the
Details of Report Title Page, type: Analysis of Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow
3.
Click Apply, then Refresh Preview to update the contents of the Report Viewer.
4.
In the Outline tree view, ensure that only User Location and Plots > Contour 1, Default Legend View 1,
and Wireframe are visible, then double-click Contour 1. On the Geometry tab, set Variable to Temperature
and click Apply.
5.
On the menu bar, select Insert > Figure. The Insert Figure dialog appears. Accept the default name and click
OK.
6.
In the Outline tree view, double-click Report > Figure 1. In the Caption field, type Temperature on
the Symmetry Plane and click Apply.
7.
Click on the 3D Viewer, then click on the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad.
8.
9.
On the top frame of the Report Viewer, click the Refresh icon
picture of the mixing elbow at the end of the report.
10. Optionally, click Publish to create an HTML version of the report. In the Publish Report dialog, click OK.
The report is written to Report.htm in your working directory.
11. Right-click in the Outline view and select Hide All, then select Wireframe.
Tip
For more information about reports, see Report (p. 24).
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Define a custom expression for the dynamic head formula (rho|V|^2)/2 as follows:
a.
On the tab bar at the top of the workspace area, select Expressions. Right-click in the Expressions area
and select New.
b.
c.
Click OK.
d.
Density is a variable
abs is a CEL function (abs is unnecessary in this example, it simply illustrates the use of a CEL
function)
Velocity is a variable
Tip
You can learn which predefined functions, variables, expression, locations, and constants are
available by right-clicking in the Definition area.
e.
2.
3.
Click Apply.
Associate the expression with a variable (as the plane you define in the next step can display only variables):
a.
On the tab bar at the top of the workspace area, select Variables. Right-click in the Variables area and
select New.
b.
c.
Click OK.
d.
In the Details view for DynamicHeadVar, click the drop-down arrow beside Expression and choose
DynamicHeadExp. Click Apply.
b.
c.
If you see a dialog that asks in which direction you want the normal to point, choose the direction
appropriate for your purposes.
A plane that maps the distribution of the default variable (Pressure) appears.
d.
On the Color tab, set Variable to DynamicHeadVar. On the Render tab, clear Lighting.Click Apply.
The plane now maps the dynamic head distribution.
e.
In the 3D Viewer in with the mouse cursor in select mode, click on the plane and drag it to various places
in the object to see how the location changes the DynamicHeadVar values displayed.
f.
Right-click on the plane and select Animate. The Animation dialog appears and the plane moves through
the entire domain, displaying changes to the DynamicHeadVar values as it moves.
g.
533
Tip
You can define multiple planes and animate them concurrently. First, stop any animations currently
running, then create a new plane. To animate both planes, hold down Ctrl to select multiple planes
on the Animation dialog and press the Play icon
4.
In the upper-left corner of the 3D Viewer, click the down arrow beside Figure 1 and change it to View 1.
5.
In the Outline view, right-click beside User Locations and Plots and select Hide All, then select Wireframe
and Default Legend View 1 to make them visible.
Select File > Load Results. The Load Results File dialog appears
2.
On the Load Results File dialog, select Keep current cases loaded and keep the other settings unchanged.
3.
4.
If the two cases are not oriented in the same way, clear the Synchronize camera in displayed views
and then select it again.
icon
Examine the operation of CFD-Post when the two views are not synchronized and when they are synchronized:
1.
2.
With the focus in View 1, select Insert > Contour and create a contour of pressure on pressure outlet 7 that
displays values in the local range.
Note that the contour appears only in View 1. When visibility is not synchronized, changes you make to User
Location and Plots settings apply only to the currently active view.
3.
In either view (while in viewing mode), click on the Z axis on the triad. Both views show their cases from the
perspective of the Z axis.
4.
5.
With the focus on the view that contains elbow3, select Insert > Contour. Accept the default name and click
OK. Define a contour that displays temperature on the symmetry plane:
Tab
Setting
Value
Render
Variable
Temperature
Range
Local
Lighting (clear)
Click Apply.
Note that the contour appears in both views. You can see the differences between the coarse and refined meshes:
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
You can now compare the differences between the coarse and refined meshes:
1.
2.
In the Case Comparison Details view, select Case Comparison Active and click Apply. The differences
between the values in the two cases appear in a third view. Click the Z axis of the triad to restore the orientation
of the views.
535
To remove the Difference view, clear Case Comparison Active and click Apply.
2.
To remove the refined mesh case, in the Outline tree view, right-click elbow3 and select Unload.
How you save your work depends on whether you are running CFD-Post standalone or from within ANSYS
Workbench:
536
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
2.
A Warning dialog asks if you want to save the animation state. Click OK.
3.
Optionally, confirm the state file's contents: close the current file from the menu bar by selecting File
> Close (or press Ctrl+W) then reload the state file (select File > Load State and choose the file that
you saved in step 1.)
From the CFD-Post menu bar, select File > Quit. ANSYS Workbench saves the state file automatically.
2.
In the ANSYS Workbench Project Schematic, double-click on the Results cell. CFD-Post re-opens
with the state file loaded.
Save a picture of the current state of the simulation: In the Outline view, show Contour 1. With the focus in
the 3D Viewer, click Save Picture
from the tool bar. In the Save Picture dialog, click Save. A PNG file
of the current state of the viewer is saved to <casename>.png (elbow1.png) in your working directory.
Tip
To learn about the options on the Save Picture dialog, see Save Picture Command (p. 69).
3.
You can recreate the animation you made in the previous section and save it to a file:
a.
Click on the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad to orient the elbow to display Plane 1.
b.
c.
Right-click on Plane 1 in the 3D Viewer and select Animate. The Animation dialog appears and the
plane moves through the entire domain.
d.
e.
.
.
537
Generated Files
f.
The Repeat is set to infinity; change the value to 1 by clicking the infinity button. The Repeat field
becomes enabled and by default is set to one.
g.
h.
5.
Close CFD-Post: from the tool bar select File > Quit. If prompted, you may save your changes.
Generated Files
As you worked through this tutorial you generated the following files in your working directory (default names are
given):
elbow1.cst, the state file, and elbow1.can, the animation associated with that state file
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Problem Description
This tutorial considers the problem of a centrifugal compressor shown schematically in Figure 33.1, Problem
Specification (p. 540). The model comprises a single 3D sector of the compressor to take advantage of the
circumferential periodicity in the problem. The flow of air through the compressor is simulated and the postprocessing
capabilities of CFD-Post are used to display realistic, full 360-degree images of the solution obtained.
539
If you have CFD-Post or ANSYS CFX, sample files are in <CFXROOT>/examples, where <CFXROOT> is
the installation directory for ANSYS CFX. Copy the sample files (turbo.cdat.gz and turbo.cas.gz)
to your working directory.
2.
Extract the CAS files and DAT files (turbo.cas.gz and turbo.dat.gz) from
cfd-post-turbo.zip to your working directory.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Note
These tutorials are prepared on a Windows system. The screen shots and graphic images in the
tutorials may be slightly different than the appearance on your system, depending on the operating
system or graphics card.
To run CFD-Post standalone, from the Start menu, right-click All Programs > ANSYS 12.1 > Fluid Dynamics
> CFD-Post and select Properties. Type the path to your working directory in the Start in field and click OK,
then click All Programs > ANSYS 12.1 > Fluid Dynamics > CFD-Post to launch CFD-Post.
On Windows:
From the Start menu, go to Start menu, go to All Programs > ANSYS 12.1 > Fluid Dynamics
> CFX.
In a DOS window that has its path set up correctly to run CFX, enter cfx5launch (otherwise,
you will need to type the full pathname of the cfx command, which will be something similar to
C:\Program Files\ANSYS Inc\v121\CFX\bin).
On UNIX, enter cfx5launch in a terminal window that has its path set up to run CFX (the path will
be something similar to /usr/ansys_inc/v121/CFX/bin).
2.
Select the Working Directory (where you copied the sample files).
3.
ANSYS Workbench
1.
2.
From the menu bar, select File > Save As and save the project file to the directory that you want to be the
working directory.
3.
Open the Component Systems toolbox and double-click Results. A Results system opens in the Project
Schematic.
4.
ANSYS FLUENT
1.
ANSYS FLUENT Launcher allows you to decide which version of ANSYS FLUENT you will use, based
on your geometry and on your processing capabilities.
541
2.
2.
3.
Make sure that the Display Mesh After Reading and Embed Graphics Windows options are enabled.
4.
Tip
You can also restore the default settings by clicking the Default button.
3.
Set the working path to the directory created when you unzipped cfd-post-turbo.zip.
1.
2.
Enter the path to your working directory for Working Directory by double-clicking the text box and
typing.
Alternatively, you can click the browse button (
) next to the Working Directory text box and
browse to the directory, using the Browse For Folder dialog box.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
4.
543
5.
Select File > Read > Case & Data and choose the turbo.cas.gz file.
6.
7.
In the dialog that appears, highlight the variables required by turbo reports, which are below:
8.
Density
Static Pressure
Total Pressure
X Velocity
Y Velocity
Z Velocity
Static Temperature
Total Temperature
Enthalpy
Total Enthalpy
Entropy
Rothalpy
Mach Number
Click Write.
CFD-Post starts with the tutorial file loaded.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
If CFD-Post has not been started from ANSYS FLUENT, load the CDAT file (turbo.cdat.gz) from the
menu bar by selecting File > Load Results. In the Load Results File dialog, select turbo.cdat.gz and
click Open.
2.
If you see a pop-up that discusses Global Variables Ranges, it can be ignored. Click OK.
The turbo blade appears in the viewer in an isometric orientation. The Wireframe appears in the 3D Viewer
and there is a check mark beside Wireframe in the Outline workspace; the check mark indicates that the
wireframe is visible in the 3D Viewer.
3.
Set CFD-Post to display the units you want to see. These display units are not necessarily the same types as
the units in the results files you load; however, for this tutorial you will set the display units to be the same as
the solution units.
1.
Tip
The Options dialog is where you set your preferences; see Setting Preferences with the Options
Dialog (p. 81) for details.
2.
3.
Note
The display units you set are saved between sessions and projects. This means that you can load
results files from diverse sources and always see familiar units displayed.
4.
Double-click Wireframe in the Outline workspace to see the Details view. To display the mesh, set Edge
Angle to 0 degrees and click Apply. The Edge Angle is the angle between one edge of a mesh face and its
neighboring face. Setting an edge angle in CFD-Post defines a minimum angle for drawing parts of the surface
mesh. When you set a small angle, the mesh becomes visible.
Tip
With the mouse focus on CFD-Post and the mouse over the Details of Wireframe editor, press F1
to see help about the Wireframe object.
On the Wireframe Details view, click Defaults and Apply to restore the original settings.
5.
2.
3.
Set:
545
Background > Color to white. To do this, click the bar beside the Color label to cycle through 10
basic colors. (Click the right-mouse button to cycle backwards.) Alternatively, you can choose any
color by clicking
4.
Click on the Turbo tab in the upper-left pane of the CFD-Post window. The Turbo workspace appears as does
a Turbo initialization dialog that offers to auto-initialize all turbo components. Click No.
2.
In the Turbo workspace under Initialization, double-click fluid (fluid). The Details view of Fluid
appears.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
546
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
On the Definition tab, the regions of the geometry are listed in the Turbo Regions areas. However, not all
regions are listed; correct this as follows:
to the right of the Hub region.
a.
b.
Hold down the Ctrl key and in the Location Selector select wall diffuser hub, wall hub, and
wall inlet hub.
c.
Click OK. The Hub field now lists all three hub locations.
d.
Repeat the previous steps for the Shroud region, selecting wall diffuser shroud, wall inlet
shroud, and wall shroud.
e.
Repeat the previous steps for the Blade region, selecting only wall blade.
f.
Repeat the previous steps for the Inlet region, selecting only inlet.
g.
Repeat the previous steps for the Outlet region, selecting only outlet.
h.
Repeat the steps for the Periodic 1 region, selecting periodic.33, periodic.34, and
periodic.35.
You do not need to initialize the periodic.*shadow regions; the periodic.* nodes provide the
information that the turbo reports require.
i.
ii.
Ensure that Axis Definition from File is cleared, that Method is set to Principal Axis, and
that Axis is set to Z.
Click Initialize. This generates variables that you will use later to create reports.
k.
Double-click Initialization at the top of the Turbo tree view. The Initialization editor appears.
l.
Click the Calculate Velocity Components button. This generates velocity variables that you will also
use in your reports.
The initialization process has created a variety of plots automatically; you will access these from the Turbo tab in
the sections that follow.
In the Turbo workspace, select the Three Views option at the bottom of the Initialization editor. In the 3D
Viewer you can see the Turbo Initialization View, the Blade to Blade View, and the Meridional View.
547
The CFX Blade to Blade View is equivalent to the ANSYS FLUENT 2D contour on a spanwise surface. By
default, the variable shown is Pressure. To change this to velocity and to make the image more like the default
ANSYS FLUENT equivalent:
1.
In the Blade to Blade View, right-click on the colored area shown in the viewport and select Edit.
2.
In the Details view for the Blade-to-Blade Plot, change the Plot Type from Color to Contour (this changes
the continuous gradation found in Color to the discrete color bands found in Contour).
3.
4.
5.
Click Apply.
The CFX Meridional View is equivalent to the ANSYS FLUENT "contour averaged in the circumferential direction.
To make the image more like the default ANSYS FLUENT equivalent:
1.
In the Meridional View, right-click on the colored area shown in the viewport and select Edit.
2.
In the Details view for the Meridional Plot, change the Plot Type from Color to Contour.
3.
4.
Click Apply.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
b.
Double-click 3D View.
2.
From the menu bar select Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name.
3.
Set the following values on the Details view for the isosurface:
Tab
Field
Value
Geometry
Domains
fluid
Variable
Color
Render
Value
.01
Mode
Variable
Variable
Pressure
Range
User Specified
Min
72800 [Pa]
Max
186000 [Pa]
Lighting
(clear)
Footnote
1.
4.
5.
Tip
To save time, right-click on Isosurface 1 in the Tree view and select Duplicate. In this way you
need change only the Geometry > Value setting. Be sure to click Apply after defining each new
isosurface.
549
Note
You can set locator variables other than Linear BA (Blade Aligned) Streamwise Location. For
example, edit Isosurface 5 and change Linear BA Streamwise Location to M Length
Normalized to see how the contour changes. The locator-variable options are described in Turbo
Charts (p. 197) in the ANSYS CFD-Post User's Guide.
In the Outline view, right-click and select Hide All. The 3D Viewer is cleared.
2.
Under User Locations and Plots, select the check box beside Wireframe.
3.
4.
5.
Clear Axis Definition from File and ensure that the Method is set to Principal Axis and the Axis is set to Z.
6.
Click Apply.
7.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
From the menu bar, select Tools > Function Calculator. The Calculators tab appears with the Function
Calculator displayed.
2.
Use the Function Calculator to calculate the mass flow average of pressure at the inlet as follow:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
The Function Calculator not only makes it easy to create and calculate a function, it also enables you
to see the syntax for functions, which you will use in the subsequent steps.
3.
To display functions like this in a table, click on the Table Viewer tab (at the bottom of the viewer area). The
Table Viewer appears.
4.
In the tool bar at the top of the Table Viewer, click New Table
Inlet and Outlet Values and click OK.
5.
6.
551
Click in cell B2, then in the Table Viewer tool bar select Function > CFD-Post > massFlow. The
definition =massFlow()@ appears.
b.
With the text cursor after the @ symbol, click Location > inlet.
c.
Press Enter; the value of the mass flow at the inlet appears.
d.
Repeat the above steps for cell C2, but use Location > outlet.
e.
For cell B3, select Function > CFD-Post > massFlowAve. With the text cursor between the parentheses,
select Variable > Pressure. With the text cursor after the @ symbol, click Location > inlet. Press Enter;
the value of the mass flow average of pressure at the inlet appears.
f.
Repeat the previous step for cell C3, but use Location > outlet.
7.
Click in cell A1 and, while holding down Shift, click in cell C1. Now the operations you perform will
apply to A1 through C1.
b.
Click
to make the heading font bold, then click
a background color to those cells.
c.
Click in cell A2 and, while holding down Shift, click in cell A3. Click
bold, then click
d.
to apply
8.
Click on the Report Viewer tab and then click Refresh in the Report Viewer toolbar. The table data appears
at the bottom of the report.
Note
The background color that you applied in the Table Viewer does not appear in the Report Viewer.
However, when you click Publish to create an HTML version of the report, the color will be visible
in that report.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.
Now, change the chart to compare temperature to streamwise location (the latter being called meridional
location in ANSYS FLUENT) and make the chart look more like the ANSYS FLUENT default:
a.
fluid
Samples/Comp 60
Y Axis
b.
Temperature
3.
Click on the Report Viewer tab at the bottom of the viewer area.
4.
In the Report Viewer toolbar, click the Refresh button. The Inlet to Outlet Chart appears in the User Data
section of the report.
553
Tip
You can also explore the other Turbo Charts:
Blade Loading
Circumferential
Hub to Shroud
Note
The Turbo report is generated from the values set when you initialized the case, so if there were any
changes required to those values, you would make them now and run the initialization procedure again.
For this tutorial, that will not be necessary.
To generate a Turbo report:
1.
Create a new variable that the report expects (which would be available with CFX results files for rotating
machinery applications, but which is not available from ANSYS FLUENT files).
a.
b.
In the Name field, type Rotation Velocity and click OK. The Details view for Rotation Velocity
appears.
Release 12.1 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
554
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
In the Expression field, type Radius * abs(omega) / 1 [rad] and click Apply. This expression
calculates the angular speed (in units of length per unit time) as a product of the local radius and the
rotational speed.
. This ensures that the graphics will not be truncated in the
2.
3.
In the Outline tree view, right-click on Report and select Report Templates. The Report Templates dialog
appears.
4.
Select an appropriate report template; in this case, Centrifugal Compressor Report. (The Centrifugal
Compressor Report is an improved version of the Centrifugal Compressor Rotor Report.)
Click Load. The Report Templates dialog disappears and you can watch the report's progress in the status
bar in the bottom-right corner of CFD-Post.
Note
A dialog appears that warns that hybrid values do not exist and that conservative values will be
used. This is expected behavior when using data loaded from ANSYS FLUENT. An error about
Mach Number in Stn Frame is also mentioned; this prevents a line in the report from appearing.
Click OK.
When the report has been generated, there are new entries in the Outline tree view under Report.
5.
Under User Locations and Plots, double-click on fluid Instance Transform. This is an instance
transform generated by the report to facilitate showing two blades in the figures that show blade-to-blade views.
6.
7.
Click on the Expressions tab. Double-click on the expression fluid Components in 360 to edit it. Change the
definition to 20 and click Apply.
2.
Optionally, you can remove pieces from the report by clearing the appropriate check boxes in the Report
section of the Outline tree. When you have made your selections, return to the Report Viewer tab and click
Refresh (in the Report Viewer toolbar). The edited version of the turbo report appears.
3.
To produce an HTML version of the report that you can share with others, click Publish (at the top of the
viewer area). The report is saved in a file name of your choosing in your working directory (by default).
555